#people will deserve a medal for actually reading the whole thing
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Note
Can you elaborate on your tags about reading jk Rowlings original post?
Just that I admit that at first, when the JKR discourse started back in the day, I didn’t actually go and read the essay she published on her blog, which is the one that started the entire thing. I did go and read it, eventually, because I tend to like forming my own opinions on things. Personally, I didn’t see any evidence of transphobia. Same with her tweets. Sure, she’s a sarcastic troll some days because she’s, probably, tired of this topic. She was arguing there is such a thing as biological sex and people transition from one to the other in order to embrace living authentically. And that kids should be kids as they have no way to consent. They need to be left alone, or helped to make informed decisions they’ll not regret later in life. Perfectly fine and I’m very much supportive of that.
Everyone should love and live as they please, and no one has the right to ostracize them for it. What she called problematic was the complete denial that biological sex exists, hormone blockers in kids who can’t really consent, self IDing as a woman without actually transitioning and some trans activists saying a biological woman’s experience doesn’t matter. I don’t see that as being transphobic. Just logic and concern.
Over the past few days my partner and I went on a deep dive on this topic and found there’s plenty trans people agreeing with JKR. We’ve seen videos of trans women competing in women’s sports and winning, then commenting they don’t care at all about the medals and winning, but simply enjoy having a good time with their friends at the gym. Why compete in the women’s weight lifting category if you don’t care about winning then? Aussie surfer Bethany Hamilton was dropped by her lifelong sponsor in favor of a trans woman who previously competed, and won, in the men’s division. Swimming, wrestling, roller skating even etc. There’s trans women out there claiming they’re the ones who know what a woman is because they’re forced to think about it, whereas a biological woman is simply born and therefore, inferior. Others who claim they experience period cramps or that their genitalia is superior to a biological woman’s etc. As far as I’ve seen. JKR and other trans people have spoken out against these kind of situations, comments and claims. That’s why I think that cancel culture is so toxic. We need to look at the whole picture and stop claiming things are black or white or the damaging adage of if you’re not with me you’re against me.
I think a very loud minority, who doesn’t represent the entirety of the trans community, might actually be doing more harm than good. Not just to the trans community, who deserves nothing but acceptance and support and love, but the rest of the LGBTQ+ community as well. Pushing a narrative too fast, and forcefully, isn’t helping. It’s actually turning people against us and it’s frustrating and depressing. Denying actual biology and elbowing your way into biological women’s spaces won’t win you their love. Calling them birthing people won’t win them over. Calling them lesser won’t open doors either.
There’s a ton of material to be found on YouTube, there’s podcasts, articles etc. Personally, I think people need to sit down and talk and debate and be diplomatic. I’m not saying JKR isn’t without her faults but I do think she’s been demonized for speaking her mind and voicing her concerns about women’s spaces and kids. It’s as if people can’t have a healthy debate anymore. We need to cancel those who don’t agree with us. It’s the all or nothing mob mentality and, personally, I’m sick of it. This is a nuanced topic and should be treated as such. But now you can’t even be a centrist anymore. You have to be for or against and nothing in between. How about we look at what’s right or wrong, for both sides, and decide accordingly. Why this inane ideological war that radicalizes people who should be having a productive conversation instead.
#don’t come at me with your pitchforks or call me names#I won’t reply to that kind of message#be civilized and willing to engage in a healthy debate?#by all means
36 notes
·
View notes
Text
Me & You Together Song | NRIACC: Matty’s Ending |
Nothing Revealed In A Common Crisis
Written by @imagine-that-100
Description: | Here |
Word Count: 26k
Warnings: This series contains mature content and themes throughout
A/N: Hey besties! I can’t believe this is it. We actually got to the end! Thank you so so so much for sticking with me whilst I got this fic out, I am truly so so happy that people are still reading almost 2 years after I posted the first part. It really is mindblowing to me. I’ve got a few people I need to thank, dot for helping me plan a lot of the fic and for helping write chap 8, @murderousginger and @sunsetinmyvein for editing for me. A really really big thank you is going to @red---moon and @alovesreading, I genuinely don’t think this fic would have ever got finished if I didn’t have you two for me to mindlessly rant to about it and giving me ideas and keeping me motivated (Red also gave me the idea for the arielle stuff back on the AM tour and A gave me the idea of the whole pauline storyline so you can blame them for that loolllll love you both). To the rest of you, the ones who have been reading for a longgg time, you deserve a medal, your asks and reactions have really kept me going so thank you so so so much, and if you’ve recently had a binge I really hope you enjoyed the rollercoaster of a fic. NRIACC really feels like my baby and I’m never going to write a mashup of worlds like this again, so thank you all so so much for reading and enjoying it. I'll be forever grateful for the love you’ve shown it. Now, I’ve kept you waiting long enough, I really hope you enjoy Wheels and her man's happy ending. Love you lots and enjoy x
Please let me know | Here | who’s ending you’re all choosing! (It’s all anonymous)
| Series Masterlist | N’s Masterlist | NRIACC Playlists | The Band’s Info | Read on Wattpad | Read on AO3 |
~*~*~*~ June 15th 2020 ~*~*~*~
Matty’s heart felt like it was bleeding for you the night you called him upset asking if you could come and stay with him. He knew his heart always hurt when you got upset but with you crying out for him, it felt scarring.
Never had he felt such pain like it. The drive to yours felt like the longest one he’d ever done, despite this being the closest you’d ever lived to each other.
The rain didn’t help his anxiety of wanting to get to you as fast as possible but thankfully the roads were mostly dead because of the late hour. When he got to your flat, he let himself in with his key and he rushed to you, finding you clutching your rabbit teddy and crying in bed.
Matty doesn’t think he’s ever felt you hug him as tight as you did that night. He had you in his arms settling you down for the next hour, getting you to a point where the tears would dry up so he could get some of your things together and get you to his house where you pleaded for him to take you.
Matty would find out in the days after you started staying with him that you’d been struggling with the confines of lockdown a hell of a lot more than you’d been letting on. It broke his heart that you didn’t reach out sooner but he’s beyond thankful you finally did because the days after he got you, he saw that spark you always have in you reignite.
The first few days of you staying with him was hard. It was clear you’d got into such a bad place due to you sleeping though most of the morning, which was really unlike you as he remembered you always having him up earlier than anyone needed to be in mornings.
Matty would also catch you living in your head a lot. You weren’t being your usual chatty self and he felt like he had to pry you back out of a shell he doesnt ever think he’s seen you go into.
But thankfully after about a week, he got you back to your normal and creative self and he did this by encouraging you to come out for walks with him. Ones that were filled with places Matty had planned for the both of you to explore to keep your mind ticking over and keep the both of you talking even after you got back to his house.
That evening, you were both sitting in Matty’s courtyard and the small view you got of the sky as the sun was going now reminded both of you of your box paintings that were always a feature at your galleries. It was the perfect picture to paint and Matty’s simple request of “Could you please paint it for me?” was one you couldn’t turn down because the look on his face really did relight that creative fire.
Thankfully, Matty had grabbed your travel kit which has everything you’d need to paint something well and when your best friend rushes to get that when you said you’d give it a go, you do so feeling that excitement in your chest. It was a race against the ever changing light to capture what you can see of the sky well on the sketching paper which Matty had never ended up using which had been buried in one of his drawers.
Your best friend was entirely vexed watching you work. The way you’d gently bite your bottom lip or the tip of your tongue when you were really concentrating made his heart stutter. It had always been the little things when it came to you that had Matty in a chokehold, and watching you paint is certainly one of them.
But the main one is your smile. And the way your whole face lit up when you finished that painting that evening had Matty falling for you all over again, but he wouldn’t risk your friendship by doing anything about that. He was just so beyond thrilled to see you happy again.
It became your little tradition in the days after that. The both of you would sit outside and you would capture the sky in a box painting of yours and Matty would watch as you’d come alive with each stroke of your brush.
You were yourself again in those days too. Matty wasn’t worrying about you or having to try and pry you out of your shell.
Inside, you were feeling so much better and in your heart you knew that was all down to Matty. In the little things that he did for you, and the way he could keep you occupied with his conversations or his music for hours on end made living this new way of life so much easier. And you found your heart slipping back into its old habits.
Watching True Romance with him almost every night certainly helped with the uneasy feelings of lockdown passing. Because as long as you had Matty by your side and for you to cuddle into, you knew you’d be okay. You’d always be okay as long as Matty was there to comfort you.
~*~*~*~
You felt yourself get back to normal the more time you spent with Matty. It was like going back to default settings and things just felt so much easier. With every hug you felt happier, with every kiss on the cheek you felt your heart grow warmer. You felt yourself again and that was all down to Matty.
A few weeks have passed with you in Matty’s presence now and you’re certainly the happiest you’ve been in a long time and you caught yourself reverting back to your old ways.
The way you would act around each other made your heart stutter because it was like you were back together again without all the acts that prove people are in a relationship. Apart from that first night you came and stayed at Matty’s, you’d been staying in his spare room, not sharing with him like you realise you desperately want to.
The nights when you both fall asleep cuddling each other whilst watching films and neither of you are disturbed until morning are your favourites because you stay in his arms. The nights when Matty wakes you up so you can be comfier in your own bed leave you with a bitter taste.
There’s not a second you don’t want him by your side now. Every single second of the day that you get to be around him is a blessing and you’ve quickly and quietly fallen for him again. But you know that’s just you letting your repressed feelings come back to taunt you a little longer.
The more you think this over though, the more you question why you’re actually holding any of your feelings back in the first place. You’ve fallen for him again, and you’re not really sure when you actually did or the exact moment it happened, but the mere fact you want to be in no one's arms but his makes you his.
And you realise this one night about 2 weeks into staying with Matty. It’s no surprise to anyone that you’re a clingy drunk, but especially when you’ve just been watching your favourite film with each other and you’re already a bottle of red deep with him.
You’re currently lying on Matty’s settee, with his chest against your back and you’ve got Good At Falling by The Japanese House playing quietly through Matty’s speakers. The both of you had been getting nostalgic, asking each other things like if the both of you remember when you first watched True Romance together and if the both of you remembered when your Aunt embarrassed him one Christmas.
The warm feeling in your chest swells when you remember the cute moments you’ve had with him, and you find yourself turning over so you can see him when you ask in your tipsy state, “Do you remember when we first saw each other?”
“Yeah,” Matty nods, and you stop yourself from chuckling at the way he forces his eyes open a little more as if to try and prove to himself he’s not tipsy. He recalls the moment for you, “You were a very pixelated pretty girl on Skype somehow related to my best mate... I still don’t quite believe you’re related to Hann.” he tells you as he tucks your hair behind your ear so he can see you better.
“Your Aunt, definitely.” Matty grins, but he shakes his head, “But Hann… I don’t know how that works.”
“He’s not that different from me, you know?” You hum in amusement, before you ask, “Can I have a proper cuddle please?”
Your boundaries and filter has clearly been drowned away with the amount of alcohol you’ve had, or that will be your excuse anyway. Thankfully though, Matty nods with a smile and the both of you manoeuvre yourself so you’re lying between his legs with you practically hugging him as you nuzzle yourself into his chest.
Matty’s arms wrap around your back as he says, “He is, you’re a lot better.” and he even pulls the blanket over the both of you as it’s on the back of the settee.
You hum, fully enjoying how close you are to him and the comfort he brings you with his hand softly running up and down your back. And after a few moments of silence, you ask him, “Do you remember when I was over one year and you came not to talk to me or to Adam, but to my Aunt and Uncle so you could convince them that Adam had to stay around and go to Uni of Manchester?”
“I do.” Matty laughs a little remembering how dead set he was that the band was going to work and how mental that must have been for you to hear. “Although I remember that trying to convince Ross’ Mum and Dad was more difficult because they were so set on him having Salford Uni as his second choice instead of his first.”
“I’m glad everyone stuck around.” You say as you look around Matty’s lounge and see the pictures he has dotted around of his best friends.
It warms your heart, and it warms it even more when he agrees in a soft voice, “Me too.”
After another minute of the both of you cuddling in silence as you listen to the album in the background, you ask, “Do you remember the Halloween party we had?”
“The one where you dressed up as a sexy version of Wednesday from the Addams family? Or a different one?” Matty asks for clarification a little too fast which makes you laugh.
You nod against his chest, “Yeah, I was meaning that one.”
“Yes I remember that one very well.” Matty grins as he starts gently playing with the ends of your hair, “I fucking dreamt about that one for weeks.”
As you giggle at that admission, your best friend tells you, “Your emo phase really gave me more of the hots for you, Wheels.”
You smile, not finding that surprising at all, so you joke, “Who knew your downfall was black hair dye and a pair of fishnets, ey?”
“Mmm,” Matty hums in amusement, “The fact it was you played a part too though.”
“What about that girl Alice you were seeing for a while? The one before Lucy?” You ask, only vaguely remembering her but she definitely dressed a little emo like you, when her and Matty were sleeping together. “She definitely fit the bill.”
“She wasn’t you, Wheels.” Matty reminds you, as no one has ever really come close to you. The woman who’s lying in his arms today, the woman he doesn’t ever really want to let go of.
His words fill your heart with joy again and you sit with that for a minute before you ask him another question. “Do you remember coming to my eighteenth?”
“Yes, and you were wearing fishnets with a skater skirt and… I could never forget just how good you looked that night.” Matty can’t help but smile at the memory of you being so happy when you saw him and when you unwrapped that skateboard they bought for you. “Not to mention that was the first time you called me Curly.”
“I can’t believe you remember that night so vividly,” You chuckle, looking up at him as you admit, “I barely remember it, well, anything after nine o’clock anyway.”
“You were really drunk to be fair,” Matty smirks at you, “And I was just enamoured by you so I was watching you all night.”
“You realise if you weren’t obsessed with me you’d have known I was actually friends with Arctic Monkeys because they were all there.” You grin right back at him, still finding it hilarious that he didn’t believe you for so long.
“Damn, yeah.” Matty chuckles, and he resumes playing with the ends of your hair once you rest it back down on his chest. He ends up giggling to himself when he admits, “I only remember Y/B/F though... She was just as fit as you.”
You frown a little, even though he can’t see your face, but you call out his double standard nonetheless, “And you had an issue when I said I fancied George.”
“I never tried to shag your best friend, did I?” Matty makes a very good point, “You can’t say the same about that, can you?”
“Okay okay.” You know when you’ve been beaten so you’ll give him this one, “You have a point.”
Both of you giggle then and you settle again. You let your eyes close as you listen to Faraway over the speakers and it makes you snuggle into him impossibly closer. It warms your heart that this is the song Matty’s backing vocals are on and it makes you smile when he starts soft humming along to it now underneath you.
The lyrics really hit you hard, and it's at this moment you promise yourself that in the next few days you’re going to tell him how you feel. And even feeling him run his fingers through your hair now it makes your heart race for him, you want him back how you used to be when you were together properly.
And the thoughts of you together makes you nostalgic again. And you think back to the first summer you met again.
“What about teaching me how to skate?” You ask, keeping your eyes closed wanting the visual memories to come back more vividly, “Remember that?”
“That was such a fun day.” Matty can’t help but grin at the memory. “Will never forget the sheer panic on your face when I told you to move on your own.”
He feels you chuckle against his chest before you tell him, “I remember watching you all and feeling so left out… I just wanted to be as good as you all but I was scared.”
“Yeah, your first time on the ramps told me as much.” Matty laughs again remembering the way you were clinging to his arm and begging him to go on a slope instead.
You giggle again at that before saying, “And now I’m even better than you.”
“Well, the student becomes the jedi master or whatever shit Hann says.” Matty hums in amusement and it warms his heart when you let out a loud laugh. God, he just wants to kiss the top of your head and have you stay in his arms like this forever.
After another few seconds, you feel the need to ask again, “Do you remember-”
But Matty interrupts you, “Do you think I’ve forgotten?”
“What?”
“Do you think I’ve forgotten?” He repeats himself.
You’re so confused, “About what?”
“About you?” Matty puts it simply, “About us?”
When you look up at him, still seeming like you don’t understand where the question has come from, ”You keep asking loads of questions about us and if I remember... Do you think I’ve forgotten about you, Sweetheart?
Your drunk and now tired mind almost lets your feelings spill. Truthfully, you want to go over everything to remind yourself why you love him, and you don’t want to ruin this moment with him now if he doesn’t love you too. So you settle on explaining, “I don't know if you remember everything I do. There's a lot to remember... I bet you remember so much about me in the years you were pining for me that I don't.”
The way you timidly say it, like you're almost scared or embarrassed to admit it makes Matty want to reassure you more than he ever has done before. He doesn’t want you for a second to think that you’re forgettable.
“I’d never forget about you, Sweetheart.” Matty looks into your eyes as he tells you that, and his face is soft and he’s smiling as he tells you, “You are in each of the best moments of my life… Top three are all you.”
Your eyes go a little wide, “Really?”
“Yeah.” Matty nods, his grin getting bigger.
“Do you remember the day you told me you loved me?” He asks you, really hoping you do because it means so much to him.
You nod, remembering the day well, “Course I do.” and you really hope that one day soon you can start telling him again.
“That was the second best day of my life.” Matty tells you, “I remember sitting on the ramp in the skatepark and we were in our own little world. Entirely in everyone’s way and I knew we both knew what was coming... But when I finally said it and you said it back, I could finally breathe again.”
You almost want to cry when you remember just how much you loved him, and it's never really gone away because it's just been built upon and it’s come back so much stronger. Matty proudly states again as he tucks your hair behind your ear again, “Second best day of my life.”
“Second?” You ask a little curiously, because if that’s his second you don’t know what his top will be.
Matty nods, “Yep.”
“What was the first?” You have to ask.
He grins at you and you know he will tell you, but he instructs, “Ask me my third first.”
“I hope your third is your music.” You really really hope it’s something like the day he won a Brit Award or a day one of his albums reached number one.
So you’re surprised when he shakes his head, “Nope.”
“Please tell me it’s something to do with music.” You need it to be at this point, because how can his music not be in his top three?
“If you count my muse as something to do with music, sure.” Matty's smile gets bigger when your eyes widen and you shake your head at him. He knows you’re about to tell him off so he tells you, “Music is involved but the music isn't why it was one of my favourite days.”
You practically plead with your eyes for him to tell you then, and when he does you don’t know how you restrain yourself from kissing him there and then.
“The day you told me that you’d be my girlfriend. That day you kissed me on stage and told me that you liked me back.” Matty finally tells you, “Will always be up there.”
Your heart is beating even faster for him when you ask, “So what's number one?”
“The day we kissed for the first time in my bedroom.” Matty reveals, and you can see the genuine happiness on his face when he says, “That blew me away… Still don’t really think there will ever be a day like it.”
“You were all I’d wanted for so so long. And I couldn’t believe it actually happened.” You can feel how much he means his words as he smiles, “If your shirt that you changed out of wasn't in my room that night I wouldn’t have believed it happened… My lips tingled for days.”
You’re so in love with this man, it hurts.
But Matty ends his anecdote with a laugh, “All the while you were going through a moral dilemma because of your twat of a boyfriend.”
“Yeah well Peter can get fucked.” You chuckle, and you move a little further up Matty’s body so you can bury your face into his neck, “He never made me feel like you did when we were together. It was infinitely better with you Curly, I wish I’d just phoned him up and broke up with him then and there and stayed in Manchester.”
“I wish you did too.” Matty sighs a little as his arms wrap around your back again, hugging you impossibly closer.
After a minute, you hear him ask, “Do you know the exact moment I fell in love with you? Did I ever tell you?”
“I don't think we did share that with each other.” You tell him, and by your voice Matty can tell you’re getting tired now, so he makes your brain work a little.
Matty asks, “Do you know the moment for you?”
“Yeah,” You nod into his neck, “But I need to know yours first though… And I mean like proper love, not love at first sight.”
“I knew at the top of that ferris wheel.” Matty starts gently routing his fingers through your hair and he gives you a head massage.
He knows you’re tired and he remembers doing this to get you to relax to go to sleep endless times when you were together. “I knew I was down so so bad for you that day. And when you kissed me at the top, I knew you were it for me.”
Your heart bursts as the memories come back to you, and you’re closing your eyes even tighter in hopes that you’ll dream about it and relive it all over again. He makes your heart swell when he continues, “You made me feel so safe being with you up there… I just remember thinking ‘I love this girl so much, I never want to let her go’.”
You just about manage to say through the lump that’s just formed in your throat, “You’re so adorable.”
Matty smiles at that, and he can tell you're going to fall asleep any minute so he asks you, needing to know, “What about you? When did you fall for me.”
“Which time?” You say without really thinking about it.
Matty instinctively says, “The first time.” not fully processing what you just said.
“When you held my hand at my Aunt and Uncle's wedding during the speech when he started talking about my Dad…” Your tired voice explains and Matty wants to do nothing more than kiss you and hold you tighter when you say, “No one had ever done that for me before and you didn’t let go even after the subject moved on and I was so so thankful to you… I fell for you hard that day.”
Matty’s eyes tear up at that, and he can’t stop himself from quickly kissing the top of your head. He can feel the lump in his throat but he forces himself to take a few breaths so he doesn’t just start crying.
Matty had always asked you so many questions about your Dad and what he was like. He didn’t want you to ever feel like it was a subject you shouldn’t bring up as he knew that’s how your Mum sometimes made you feel. So it really means a lot to Matty that the reason you really knew you loved him is that moment.
At this point, you can feel yourself falling asleep so with every ounce of sincerity you can muster, you whisper, “Thank you for falling in love with me.”
Matty’s sure his heart stops for a second. Because his hand moving to give you your head massage definitely does for a second, but he covers that by kissing your head again before he whispers back, “You made it the easiest thing to do.”
Matty gets lost in his own memories of the both of you then. He goes over everything he can remember from the first time you met to you in his arms right now. And he holds you tighter when he thinks back to some of it, but he’s so grateful that you’ve found your way back into his arms now.
Matty can’t help but smile as he thinks about the conversation you just had with him. He loves how open you still are about everything, even if the alcohol is loosening your lips a little.
But then when he recalls near the end of your chat, when he asked if you remembered when you fell in love with him, he almost gasps when he realises what your reply was.
He’s unable to stop himself from thinking out loud and asking, “Wait, what did you mean which time?”
There was more than once that you fell in love with him? He knows that you’d always said that when you fell for both him and Alex it was because you’d just repressed your past feelings for him. But then after the both of you last slept together, the both of you knew that was a closing chapter in your life.
There was no doubt that Matty had since fallen for you again. With how supportive you were after Gabby split with him and how you’d been with him before lockdown, it makes his brain light up with the question, Has she fallen for me again?
But when Matty tries to look down at you for an answer, he realises you’re asleep in his arms. And that’s when he realises how long it’s been. Good At Falling is already at Faraway again meaning that that album has at least repeated itself more than once, so you’ve probably been asleep for a while now and he’s not noticed.
Your best friend lets you rest and now he stops giving you a head massage like he realises he has been doing for God knows how long and he just rests his hand on your back instead. However, Matty doesn’t know if it was the fact he stopped playing with your hair or something else that seemed to have you stir but after about 10 minutes you woke up.
“Sorry,” You hum, “I fell asleep.”
“Let’s go bed, Sweetheart.” Matty encourages, rubbing your back a little to encourage you up even though he doesn’t want to let you go.
However, you plead, “Can we stay here please?” really not wanting to move out of his arms and get into a cold bed that you didn’t have him to warm you up in.
“You’re lucky I connected the lights to my Alexa the other month.” Matty gives you the confirmation and you smile like a fool in love as you let yourself try to get back to sleep then.
You feel like you’ve never been so cosy. You wish you could stay here forever.
After Matty turns off the lights and music on his phone, he lets it fall back beside him and he cuddles you into him more. And when he gently rests his head against yours, you know he’s going to try and get some sleep as well which makes you happy.
Matty has always found sleep tedious, but somehow you make it a lot easier for him. He’s almost asleep when he hears you whisper, “So far.”
“What?” He hums, not understanding where it’s come from.
But you really make his heart warm and he falls asleep with a smile on his face when he hears your reply.
“They’re the best moments of your life so far.”
~*~*~*~ June 24th 2020 ~*~*~*~
“Look what Jamie just dropped off.” Matty walks back into his lounge with a huge grin on his face and he’s holding up the Notes On A Conditional Form vinyl.
“Oh my god,” You make grabby hands at it, so keen to finally see what it looks like in person. Matty giggles and passes it to you as he comes to sit beside you.
Eagerly you pull the record out of the sleeve and your jaw drops when you see how glorious the neon yellow pressing of it is. You coo, absolutely loving it, “It looks so pretty.”
“It does.” Matty hums, delighted at the vinyl itself and seeing the way you’re grinning at it.
After admiring it for a minute more, you carefully put it back into the sleeve and then back into the record jacket which you see is the alternate, minimalist version of the album art.
You did both of them as asked, neither were that hard but the one that has the yellow cover you know is going to be the cover of the album on Spotify and all the other streaming platforms so you decide to ask about it.
“I still don’t know why I did all that artwork for Notes and then you quickly went for the minimalist sleeve.” You raise an eyebrow, hoping he’d answer the question for you.
“Cheaper.” Matty tells you, “Better for the environment, and that’s what I’m passionate about at the minute.”
“Yeah,” You nod, thinking it through and realising it probably is, “Fair enough.”
You look at the record in your hands again though and ask Matty, “Can I please listen to it?”
“Mmm,” He hums, “I don’t know.”
You pout then, leaning that little bit closer as you say, “Please.”
Other than the songs you’d heard on tour, you had no idea what the others sound like. You know that the album overall is all of the electronic synths and that is the vibe they have gone for with this album but you’re just so keen to hear it all and in the order they all settled on.
“It’s out soon,” Matty reminds you, “Do you not wanna wait till the listening party?”
That was originally the plan, you were in no rush to hear it, but now you’re just so keen to listen to the new album as you haven't heard anything new in so long. And you’ve been eagerly waiting for this album since you were on the US tour with them last year when they were recording it in the back of the bus and you just let them be.
“No, I want to be rapidly tweeting along with you.” You say, despite knowing it’s just a few more weeks you would be waiting. But the excitement has hit you now the album is physically in your hands, “I wanna know every last word by then.”
Matty takes a few seconds then and you really don’t know which way he’s going to decide. But when he sighs, “Okay.” you have to double check.
There’s excitement in your voice when you do, “You’re gunna let me listen?”
“If you will let me have that last painting you did outside.” Matty grins.
It was just a quick one you’d done two nights ago. The sky was a mixture of red blue and purple and you captured the moment so well and despite it just being a quick painting you weren’t attached to, Matty loved it. Yet another one he would proudly frame and put up if you let him.
“Of course you can have it, Curly.” You smile, calling him by his nickname despite the fact he’s got his buzzcut now. You tell him truthfully, “Can have any of them, you don’t have to ask.”
Because the quick ones you’d been doing were just fun practice for you, you never got attached. You remember back when you were younger Matty always used to be amazed by them whilst you thought they were just okay, but the fact he still wants one now makes you stupidly happy.
Everything about him does though. He makes you happy and you’re finding it hard to keep that to yourself now.
“We can listen after tea, yeah?” Matty nods at the vinyl that you just put down on his coffee table.
You nod, hoping the day passes by quickly, “Sounds good, I’m really excited.”
You brightly grin at Matty then, and he smiles back but you can see that it doesn’t quite reach his eyes and immediately you ask him, “What’s up?”
Of course, he tries to cover up his emotions though and immediately says, “Nothing.”
At that you give him knowing eyes. You’ve known each other for 18 years, nothing is not going to be the answer he gives you when you can tell there’s something, however big or small, bothering him.
“Sorry,” Matty apologises for attempting to keep it from you, but he leans back into his seat and takes a deep breath before telling you the truth, “I just get nervous when I know you’re going to hear an album.”
You’re thankful that it’s only that, and you can instantly calm him because there’s no way you won’t love his album. You adore all of his others and think they’re amazing and you will tell him that if you need to.
“Really?” You have to ask, “Why are you nervous?”
“I don’t want you to hate it… I don’t want you to be upset at anything I’ve said, not that I think I've said anything in this album but it still worries me.” Matty explains, a sombre mood falls over him when he tells you something you didn’t know he knew about. “I know you told me about you listening in LA but Jamie told me how bad you were as well a few years back and it haunts me a little… I never wanted to make you feel like that.”
“No,” You shake your head, not wanting him to think about that because you know how he’s probably taken it, “Don’t apologise for that.”
You turn towards Matty properly as you take his hand to hold as you address that specific night, “I took a lot of those songs the wrong way the first few times I heard them. I took everything as a personal attack when a lot of the things weren’t about me either.”
You continue as you look into his brown eyes, silently pleading for him to believe you, “I was in a weird headspace back then and I was looking for things to hurt me. Everything's so much different now, Matty... I’m so much happier than I was and regardless I don’t hate any of the songs on that album. I listen and I think they are gorgeous even if they do still hit every now and again, but that's a risk with every album that’s about me, not just yours.”
“I-” Your best friend tries to start, but you need him to understand, so interrupt.
“I adore your music, Matty.” You put it as simply as possible for him, and you squeeze his hand when you say, “I love all of it… I-”
You have to stop yourself then because you almost tell him how you feel, something that you at least want to do after your birthday tomorrow. You’d like at least one more day of being as close as you are in case his feelings aren’t the same as yours.
“I loved A Brief Inquiry.” You start again and remind him, “Did you think I hated that album?”
“No, but I was still nervous when the release date came around.” Matty tells you honestly.
“Matty,” You want to hug him and never let go as you can still see the worry in his eyes. Thinking of things that can help, you remind him, “I’ve heard a few already and I don’t hate them.”
“Not even the things that are about you?” He questions because he really is worried about it.
The last thing he wants to do is upset you with anything he’s written about you. Even though he has been better with this album to not directly reference you, the lyrics just sort of ended up finding Matty and after he recorded them he realised a lot of them were about you and how he felt about you.
“No.” You promise him, “Writing songs has always been your cathartic way of getting your feelings out. There’s absolutely nothing wrong with that, and even if they do sting sometimes I don’t hate you for it Matty. I’m glad you’re getting it out.”
“I’m still so sorry for hurting you… For everything around 2016 really.” Matty’s eyes fall to his lap when he adds when his voice falters, “And everything earlier.”
Instantly, you know he’s thinking back to the accident. The cheating too but you know the accident is such a triggering subject for him you don’t want that to start plaguing him again like it once did.
“Hey.” You squeeze his hand. Gently asking him, “Please look at me.”
You see him blink a few times before he looks up and your heart bleeds for him. If you could take it all away from him you really would. The last thing you want is for him to feel guilty again about the accident that wasn’t his fault. You would literally find the police report again if you had to.
Seeing those brown eyes again but this time filled with a little more water than before, you remind him, “We agreed we’d live easier.”
“I know, but it still keeps me up sometimes, Wheels.” Matty says in a strained voice but he clears his throat a little to try again, “Not all the time, like it used to, but sometimes it just creeps back in.”
“Well that’s not allowed anymore.” You hope that he can hear just how much you mean your words in your voice as you promise him, “Just like your letter said about it being my reminder if I needed to remember how much I’m loved, I’m here and always will be to remind you that you’re forgiven.”
Matty has to look down at your hand then as his eyes fill with more water and his throat closes up. He takes your hand in both of his this time and he massages it for a silent minute and you just let him go through it, knowing he’ll speak up when he can and he wants to.
Your heart really does ache seeing him like this. All you want to do is trap him in a massive hug and tell him you love him and kiss him until all of those feelings go away.
And this is the moment you promise yourself that you're going to tell him how you feel. You’ll will do it the morning of the day after your birthday because you don’t want to waste anymore time. At this point you’re starting to feel like you’re hiding things from him and that’s the last thing you want.
Little did you know, Matty is having a similar conversation in his own head. After what you just told him, he doesn’t know how he hasn’t just told you how in love with you he is, and how everything that he once felt has come right back and it’s even stronger than it ever was.
He still finds it so shocking that you forgive him. Guilt still eats away at him a lot of the time, but it comes on in waves these days. Sometimes he’ll be okay for a while and then it will devour him for a few days at a time leaving him wanting to do nothing but curl up in bed and cry.
So the mere fact that you remind him that you’re able to forgive him has Matty emotional. He remembers you telling him before, that night in 2017, and you’ve told him again once or twice since but it really hits home for him now.
Hopefully things won’t keep him up tonight now you’ve reminded him of that. But he’ll probably just stay awake thinking about how he can possibly tell you the way he feels about you. Because he needs to tell you soon.
After a few minutes of you watching him, and him massaging your hand, Matty looks up at you and he smiles as much as he can and says, “Thank you, Sweetheart.” and he kisses the back of your hand too before repeating, “Thank you.”
~*~*~*~
You’re still a little certain Matty was putting it off for as long as possible for you both to listen to Notes tonight. Which you now understand but you were so insistent and excited Matty finally caved and put it on about 10pm.
You adored the new instrumentals that came after People, and you thought they were so beautiful. And the first new song with lyrics you heard was Yeah I Know which you really enjoyed too.
Then Because She Goes came on and you could sense Matty was a little on edge. He didn’t look at you during it which gave you an inkling that it might be about you. And when you heard the lyric ‘beautiful, please don’t cry, I love you’, you really hoped it was about you and it made you feel a little braver about telling him how you feel in a few days.
Jesus Christ 2005 has Matty singing with Phoebe Bridgers and as soon as they released the studio version a month ago, you’d fallen in love with it. You’d only heard Matty’s version of the song when he sang it during an interview in America that you were there for, but Phoebe’s vocals beside Matty’s made it even more gorgeous.
Roadkill made you laugh, as it was just a summary of that American tour and it sounds like a feelgood song. You also really loved the references to Robbers that he included too. Of course, you also already know Me & You Together Song but it makes your heart ache even more as you just long to tell Matty how in love with him you are.
Whilst you love the sound of I Think There’s Something You Should Know your heart hurts for Matty because he sounds like he’s going through it in the song, especially the second verse. It breaks your heart listening to what he’s talking about experiencing.
The first real line of Nothing Revealed / Everything denied being ‘I never fucked in a car, I was lying, I do it on my bed, lying down not trying’ makes you look at Matty acusingly. Because that was a blatant lie.
When the both of you couldn’t be at either Adam’s or his house the both of you went on your drives and got up to no good in the car. Both of you end up giggling through that song as you playfully call him a liar and you bully him for it and ask him again if he’s forgotten all of the things you got up to. You end up having to restart the song to hear it all properly as you were laughing so much.
Now you’re waiting for the next one to start which you can see from the back on the vinyl is Tonight (I Wish I Was Your Boy). As the beginning of it starts with the high pitched vocals, you quickly ask Matty, “Is this one about me?”
“The chorus is,” Matty looked like he was debating with himself before telling you that. But he continues, “Not the verses, I just made that up for a story to the song. But Yeah.”
You nod, not minding at all, as the title of the song really gives you some hope. But you need to listen first.
Matty goes shy on you again when the chorus starts, looking at the ground instead of your reaction. Which is fine but hearing him sing tonight I wish I was your boy makes you want to throw yourself at him and kiss him until you both need oxygen again.
As the song fades out Matty risks a glance at you, and when he already sees you looking longingly at him his heart leaps in his chest. He doesn’t really know where the confidence comes from, but he ends up turning the music down a little whilst he asks, “Did I fuck it royally?”
“No,” You shake your head, your voice soft with a little trace of amusement in it as you clarify, “You didn’t fuck it, you muppet.”
You’re trying to say it without actually saying it and you know that it really isn't what you should do, but what you said gives Matty that little push he needs.
“Listen Wheels,” Matty turns to you a little more, and shuffles closer to you on the settee as he starts, “I’ve been wanting to tell you that over the last few weeks… I’ve really enjoyed you being around again and I- I don’t know if I should be saying this…”
You feel like your heart is in his throat as he continues, “I guess I’ve been nervous about it, but it’s you. You’re my Wheels and I shouldn’t feel nervous talking to you, and… yeah.”
The smile you’re trying to suppress is really fighting to come out as you watch Matty fidget and look almost anywhere but at you. His hands run over his short hair, a new habit of his now he can’t tuck his hair behind his ears when he’s nervous. But at this point you know what he’s trying to say.
“And you deserve the truth if nothing else, and I guess I just want to tell you that I-, we-, I-” Matty stumbles on his words before closing his eyes and taking a deep breath before saying, “Sorry, just give me a second.”
Despite your heart now thudding rapidly in your chest. You work up the courage to do it. Just a few seconds of mindless bravery and you hope with everything that you have that it will pay off in the way you want it to.
“I’m in love with you, Matty.” You tell him.
It’s to the point, plain and simple. No room for any misunderstandings to take place, and as soon as you’ve told your truth you feel lighter for it. He knows… The ball is in his court now.
Immediately Matty looks up at you, shock clear in his voice, “What?”
“Yeah.” You nod, and you tell him everything, “It’s been on my mind for months, even more whilst I’ve been here. But I was scared to tell you.”
Matty ends up asking, “Why were you scared?” despite him not even being able to get his words out to tell you himself because he felt exactly the same way.
“Scared you wouldn’t want to try again with me.” Saying that makes you a little emotional.
It’s a scary possibility and the thought of it hurts your soul more than you’d ever let on if this did end up going the other way. But you’re worrying for absolutely nothing.
“Wheels, you’re all I’ve ever wanted,” Matty’s getting choked up as he smiles and tells you, “I love you so fucking much and I always have.”
Hearing that makes your eyes prick with tears, but even more so when he continues, “Of course I’d want to try again. Been dreaming about the idea for weeks.”
You giggle, wiping away your watery eyes before it turns into real tears, “So have I.”
It’s just relief flooding your system and seeing that Matty is the exact same makes you feel a little better about it. Both of you laugh as you dry your eyes before Matty chuckles, “Fuck sake Sweetheart. Come here.”
And you don’t hesitate for a second. His arms are open to you and you throw yourself into them, but immediately you attach your lips to his.
You’ve missed the feeling of him so much, the way his kisses light up your whole body and make everything feel okay. Kissing him feels like you're young, like it's the first time all over again and you never want to let him go.
It's a searing kiss, filled with all the longing and passion you have for each other as you hold onto him tightly, completely afraid to let go. It almost feels like a dream, but one that you’re certain each of you wouldn’t mind never waking up from.
With each kiss you’re trying to silently tell him just how much you love him over and over again and Matty is matching your intensity, making you feel his love like you’re hoping he feels yours. He’s your Curly, your match made in heaven, your soulmate, you were always meant to mean this much to each other in some way or another.
Both of you don’t want the moment to end, your lips feeling lonely and tingling for more when you pull away. But you have so much you want to say to him that you hold yourself back from kissing him until both your lips are swollen.
Matty is holding your waist tightly as you straddle his lap, but when you pull back, he can’t help but giggle as he tucks your hair behind your ear as he admits, “I’ve been wanting to kiss you for weeks.”
“Same.” You giggle, and both your thumbs are brushing his cheeks as you hold his face. And you’re so stupidly happy that you’re back in his arms that you’re trying to memorise everything about this moment. You tell him softly, “I’ve missed you.”
Matty’s watching you too, no doubt taking the moment in as well, but he makes your heart burst for him even more when he kisses you again and he mumbles against your lips, “I’ve missed you so much more.”
This time you kiss him properly, deepening it almost straight away. And it could be a minute or it could be ten that passes but neither of you care, you’re just beyond happy to be kissing each other again and with the knowledge that you know you love each other too, it makes things all the more special.
When the both of you part, neither of you move away. You have your foreheads against each others as you catch your breath and share a quiet moment.
Matty smiles as he brushes his nose against yours in the softest eskimo kiss, loving the way he can practically see your eyes sparkle. You can’t disguise the pure and utter elation that you’re feeling.
“So?” Matty hums, the huge grin on his face not leaving for a second. He can’t really believe he gets to ask, “Curly and Wheels round two?”
Your heart melts entirely and you nod, wanting nothing more in the world. You tell him honestly, “You’re it for me, Matty.”
He wants to cry hearing that because that’s exactly how he feels. You feel like you could burst with happiness when he nods, agreeing entirely, “I want it all with you, Sweetheart.”
“I’m going to marry you.” You promise him, giggling slightly but that’s what you’ve always wanted with him.
“Good,” Matty nods, and he’s grinning like a fool when he says, “Because I will ask at some point.”
You giggle at that before kissing him again. You’re beyond words, beyond happy, and entirely too emotional to do anything else. All you can do is kiss the man you love with everything you have left to give him.
Both of you find it difficult to keep kissing, as all you wanted to do was carry on grinning. You have no doubt that for a long while you’ll be like this, all gooey and obnoxiously in love with each other but you already don’t want to change anything about it.
Matty loves you so much, and he always has and always will. Hearing you say that you loved him before was like cupid had shot him through the heart with an arrow all over again. Never for a second did he think he would get this second chance with you but the fact you seem to have felt the same way for months, just like him, has him thanking every higher power there might be.
From the first moment his eyes landed on you, he knew you were it for him. Forever would you plague his mind, body, and soul in the best way possible. It has meant that he’s loved you with everything he has, on every possible level imaginable, and he can’t let himself think about it for too long because he doesn’t want to cry, even though they would be happy tears.
Instead Matty pulls on your hair a little to stop you from pulling away and he bites your bottom lip too, still loving the way you react when you do it. And even when he pulls away to gently kiss all over your face to make you softly giggle before teasingly kissing down your neck, he’s just so thrilled your back in his arms and he gets to experience everything with you all over again but now with a fresh start.
He’s not ever going to fuck it again. You mean far far too much to him to ever let anything stupid happen again.
Of course, whilst you love him kissing your neck, right now you want his lips on your own again, but without his curls to pull on to encourage him back up it’s a little difficult. You end up giggling a little as you move your hand under his jaw and nudge him back up to you that way.
After a few more kisses, you pull away, before pleading, “Please can you grow your hair back. Please.”
You need his curls back. Whilst it's not a deal breaker, you miss them so much and all you want to do is be able to play with his hair again.
Matty giggles at your appeal, knowing it was bound to come at some point. But he nods and promises you, “Yes, I’ll grow my hair back.”
Truthfully, he would probably promise you anything at this moment in time with you like this in his arms again.
“Missed my Curly so much.” You fake a pout as you run your fingers over what little hair he has at the moment.
“I’ve always been right here, Sweetheart.” Matty reminds you, “Not going anywhere.”
Your heart feels like it could burst again, and you tell him again, “I love you.”
And like he’s always been able to, Matty can see just how much you mean it in your eyes. You’ve always been so easy for him to read and he adores that he can see how much it affects you when he tells you, “I love you.”
You all but melt in his arms, and you’re completely and utterly besotted with him. You kiss him again and it’s just as electric as it was years ago. From the little pecks to the lengthy kisses, he takes your breath away and you’ve always taken his away.
Even when you eventually part, and just sit beside each other to cuddle together and Matty puts the end of the album on at your request, you can’t stop grinning. Not even when he goes back to where you were up to and he realises what was playing when you told each other how you felt.
“I’ve just realised you told me you love me whilst Shiny Collarbone was on in the background.” Matty sighs, “That’s really not how I envisioned that going.”
You can’t help but giggle at that now though, finding it rather hilarious after just hearing the song properly again.
“Not what I imagined either,” You laugh, “It’s yet another unconventional but very us moment, that’s for certain. But I love that.”
You end up cuddling into him even more as you both lie down on his settee and listen to the end of the album. You’ll have to have a proper listen again tomorrow because for the last half of it you’re entirely too joyous to pay it the attention it deserves.
Especially because your head is buried into Matty’s neck for most of it as you whisper how much you love him.
Matty shamelessly asks you after a couple of songs, “Do you wanna watch True Romance after the album and tell me you love me because I wanna watch it and tell you?”
“Of course I do.” You smile, kissing just below his ear before you trace them up his jaw until you find those pretty lips of his again.
You stay in that loved up bubble until his new album ends and even then it’s almost a hardship for you to let each other go for long enough to set True Romance up for you both to watch.
Of course, all throughout the film you’re stealing kisses from each other in between quoting the characters. In the parts neither of you care for, you cuddle yourself into the other more, loving the feeling of being back in each other's arms as close as you’ve wanted to be for weeks with the freedom to kiss each other.
I love you’s and I adore you’s were said throughout. Some whispered like it was a fun little secret that you were telling each other, others professed like you want to shout it from the rooftops.
But when the film draws to a close, with the happy ending version obviously, you kiss Matty as the iconic soundtrack music of You’re So Cool plays. And when you pull away, you’re grinning as you tell him, “I love you so much, Curly.”
Whilst you know in your heart it's impossible for him to, you do love it when Matty kisses you whilst he promises, “I love you so so so so so much more, Wheels.”
~*~*~*~ July 24th 2020 ~*~*~*~
Going to a live-in studio after a week of isolation from you all was probably the best thing for all of you. The only downside of it would be that you and Matty haven’t yet told any of the band that you’re back together again, officially or otherwise. They know nothing.
You’d done this mostly because of the fact you and Matty were nothing if not self-aware. You’ve been obnoxiously and almost sickeningly sweet with each other.
Since getting back together, you’ve barely left each other alone. You go on walks together, you eat together, you sit practically in the same seat despite there being a full settee for the both of you, and not to mention the way you cling to each other when you’re cuddling in bed.
It’s been nice just the two of you getting silently acquainted with each other again, both body and mind. Both of you have been the happiest you have in a long long time and you knew nothing would change that.
But now lockdown restrictions are a little easier, and the boys album is finally out, of course Matty was itching for something else to do. So that is how you’ve all ended up at this studio that you will be living in for the next few months.
You know you and Matty are staying here for the full time, as is George. You know that Adam will come and go so Carly isn’t on her own all the time, and you know Ross has been staying at his mates house over lockdown too so he might go between you all and them too.
It’s honestly a miracle that either you or Matty have let each other go long enough to get all of your stuff in the house. You’ve done a pretty good job at leaving each other alone too whilst you greet the rest of your friends but now it’s got to the point where you need to tell them.
The five of you are in the big lounge this place has and you take a deep breath before you stand up.
Here goes nothing.
“Okay,” You get their attention, “So you know I’ve been staying with Matty and-.”
“Yeah,” George interrupts, “Pretty offended you called him and not me.”
Instantly you snort at that, a serious moment quickly becoming funny with his fake jealousy and glare. You pout, “I’m sorry Georgie.”
He hums in fake forgiveness but the smirk that pulls at his lips gives him away that he’s joking. You’re about to start again, but just as you open your mouth, the drummer speaks up again, “You’re looking very pretty today, Baby.”
Whilst the nickname still makes your cheeks go hot, you say, “Thank you George.” before you try again, “But yeah, like I was saying, I’v-”
Of course, he interjects again, not letting you get your words out. He opens his arms and says, “Come and give me a cuddle. I've not had one in months and it’s unfair when you’ve probably had loads of Matty.”
You sigh then, but hide it as you look down to the ground so he can’t see. After a second, you walk towards him saying, “A quick one, okay?”
The drummer nods and he happily embaraces you, letting you sit on his lap for a moment as you cuddle into his big chest. You’ve certainly missed George’s hugs whilst you’ve not been forced to be separate from everyone.
After a long few seconds you try to pull back from him but his arms stay fixed around you. So you have to tap on his chest as you instruct, “Right, let me up.”
“No,” George says as he hugs you tighter, “I’ve missed you.”
“I’ve missed you too,” You giggle, “But we have all the time in the world.”
“Nothing as important as right now.” The drummer squishes you into an even bigger hug.
You just give in at this point and let him hold on to you. Catching Matty’s eye you know he’s getting slightly irritable now, purely because you know he’s wanted to be honest with Adam and this new delay from George is grating on him.
Bless your boyfriend though, he’s been really worried about telling Adam. He thinks that your cousin is going to kick off at him and be against your relationship, and Matty’s worried it’s going to come between his friendship with him but also how close you and Adam are.
You’ve told him time and time again that Adam will be fine with it. That Adam will be happy for the both of you, but Matty doesn’t seem to think so.
Secretly, you think that might be something to do with how protective Adam was of you after the first time you split up, with him not letting Matty fight for you or even come to collect his things from your flat. You know your cousin was just trying to minimise the hurt you were going through back then and you wish it could have been different, but that’s how it played out and it’s left Matty quite scared now.
“George,” You say seriously now, “I need to tell you all something.”
“Tell us from here.” George tries to bargain, but you need to get up.
Playfully you try to tickle him to get out, but you forget that he’s a lot stronger than you and he doesn’t like being tickled.
Immediately his hands are around your wrists stopping you, and he pulls you back into him, your wrists at his chest and he widens his eyes at you. You try and get your apology out but he’s too quick, both of your wrists are now in one of his hands and you glare and warn him, “Tickle me and I’ll hurt you.”
But of course, you’re in his lap all you can do when he tickles you is writhe and plead for him to stop. You despise the feeling of being tickled and you’ve punched him before now for him trying to do it, you’d punch anyone for trying to do it, but how you’re stuck and George is having a good laugh at you.
Matty, having enough of it with how stressed he currently is, accidentally lets the news slip as he tells George off, “Will you get off my girlfriend!”
“Your girlfriend?” Ross’ asks, at the same time George’s eyes go wide and he stops tickling.
You sigh, thankful for now being released, you tell them, “We were about to tell you.”
“I can’t believe the day finally came.” George says, deciding now he would just rest his hands on your thighs.
Ross starts to interrogate you, “Since when?”
You tell them truthfully, “The day before my birthday.”
“And you moved in with Matty when?” The bassist looks to your boyfriend for an answer.
Matty thinks for a second but he recalls, “The beginning of June.”
“Wow,” Ross appears to look back around at you with a massive shit eating grin on his face when he says, “Not even three weeks.”
“Why do you care?” Matty asks, almost accusingly.
George grumbles, “Because he’s just won a bet.”
“What?” You question, noting his disheartened face and Ross’ elated one.
“Ross said less than a month,” George explains whilst he digs his wallet out of his pocket, “I said more.”
As you see him counting out £50 in cash, you shake your head at both of them, “You’re both little shits.”
“No, that’s you for losing me money.” The drummer scorns you as he reaches across to hand his friend the money.
“No, you’ve done great,” Ross grins, taking it and pocketting it immediately before he leans down and kisses the top of your head, “I'm very happy for you.”
You’re happy about that, and Matty seems very amused that his friends have had a bet on the two of you. Truthfully it really wasn’t that surprising, but it made it all a bit more lighthearted. And you and Matty really are predictable like that so it’s funny they have tried to make a profit off of you both.
However, you realise that the most important person you wanted to tell has yet to speak a word. You look over to your cousin and try to gauge his reaction, “Ads?”
He’s silent in his chair, just watching you all. It has Matty’s heart racing and not in a good way at all. A quiet Adam could result in many different things, the worst being when he looks disappointed, closely followed by the times he’s exploded in anger, but none of you can predict how this is about to go.
And that’s why you look at him and sincerely plead, “Ads please please don’t be upset, it’s really not to make your life difficult, I just-”
“Y/N,” Your cousin holds a hand up to stop you from overthinking, “As long as you’re happy and my twat of a best mate doesn't hurt you ever again, even once, I’m happy for you.”
At that you smile and just glance at Matty because you knew he would be happy for you.
“Not going to hurt her ever, Hann,” Matty promises, looking your cousin dead in the eyes when he says, “I swear on my Nana.”
Adam maintains his eye contact for a few silent seconds, just to intimidate him the tiniest bit more before he visibly relaxes and smiles, “Then I’m happy for the both of you.”
“Wait,” Matty looks like he can’t believe what’s just been said. He asks your cousin, “Really?”
You interject thought to remind Matty, and you have a big grin on your face as you say, “I told you he’d be fine.”
Matty looks at you like he just might cry, and he looks back at Adam again wanting confirmation, “Are you serious?”
“Yeah, of course I am.” Adam nods and he looks at Matty sincerely when he says, “You’ve always loved her Matty, and you make her happy… She’s been in love with you again for months.”
You’re feeling all gooey inside watching this take place. And your cousin knows you so very well that you didn’t even have to tell him that you loved him again
Tears prick your boyfriend’s eyes then, and he holds no shame at all in letting a tear or two fall before he then leaps on your cousin shouting, “I love you Adam Hann!”
“I love you, I love you, I love you!” Matty yells at the top of his lungs before he grabs the sides of Adam’s face and he pulls him into a big sloppy kiss.
The kiss has you, George, and Ross cackling instantly and you’re so happy Ross manages to take a picture of it. It lasts a fair few seconds much to Adam’s disgust and the rest of your amusement. But it’s just fucking cute to see Matty so fucking happy and entirely relived, even if he does torture your closest family.
When Matty pulls away, and Adam tries his best not to laugh, Matty sits on his lap and continues shouting, “Thank you for your cousin! Thank you thanks for letting me fuck her and not getting too upset about it. Thank you for being a fucking legend, I love you, I love you, I love you.”
And your boyfriend pecks kisses all over his face too feeling so overwhelmed with joy. He’s adorable.
“God, I’m gunna kiss your Mum when I next see her too.” Matty chuckles, “Maybe even your Dad too.”
You laugh fully hearing that because he probably would. And your cousin looks even more disgusted by it all, which is even better.
“Please no,” Adam pleads, still trying to push Matty away, “I’m letting you kiss my cousin, not my Mum.”
“Thank you Hann,” Matty kisses his forehead again, “I love you so much.” before he traps him in a tight hug that has your heart melting.
“I love you too Matty.” Adam grins and he hugs your boyfriend right back.
As you’re watching this cute, sweet, heartfelt moment take place, you just sit back in George’s lap and enjoy the moment. You adore that your boyfriend loves your cousin just as much as you do, and you’ll always love their friendship.
However, as you’re admiring them, George whispers in your ear, “Does this mean our threesome can happen now?”
You almost choke on air. That truly was the last thing you expected George to say as you’re witnessing this wholesome practically family embrace happening in front of you.
Unable to stop yourself, you snort and shake your head in disapproval at him. But instead of giving him an answer, you just jokingly pat his cheek and say, “Give me another month with him, Babe.”
George chuckles at that, and he wraps his arms around your waist so he can hug you as he says, “In all seriousness, I’m really happy for you Baby.” and he leans down and kisses your shoulder.
“Thank you Georgie.” You pout and you kiss the top of his head because despite being a menace you do love him and he’s adorable. You want him to find his real soulmate now, and you even gently knock your head against his as you smile, “Just gotta find you your girl now.”
“Yeah,” George hums, but he sounds disheartened when he admits, “Can't see that happening any time soon.”
And you know he means with lockdown restrictions and everything happening in the world right now. And he’s not that big on doing anything online but you have faith he will find his girl when he least expects it.
You just smile and assure him, “She’ll come spinning in soon, I have no doubt.”
George grins and leans forward to kiss your cheek quickly. And you realise he’s done that right before Matty gently grabs your hand and drags you up from your seat.
Your boyfriend traps you in a tight hug as he says, “I love your brother.”
“I love him too.” You chuckle, and Matty very quickly kisses your lips before you head to Adam and he jumps on George and starts celebrating like it’s the first time he’s ever kissed you.
You wrap your arms around your cousin when you say, “I love you Ads.”
“Love you too.” He responds and you love the way he hugs you even tighter when he assures you, “I’m really really happy for you both.”
“Thank you for assuring him,” You whisper, looking over Adam’s shoulder to see your boyfriend now entirely at peace and horrendously happy. You tell your brother, “He was really really worried.”
“I could tell. But honestly B, as long as you’re happy, I’m happy.” Adam promises, pulling away from the hug to look into your eyes and remind you, “And he’s obsessed with you, it was only a matter of time before you two found each other again.”
“Don’t make me cry Bro.” You warn him because that nearly got you.
Adam just chuckles then and you chat about how Carly and their dog Stevie is for a few minutes. That is before something occurs to your cousin and he has to ask you about it.
“Have you told Alex by the way?” Adam asks you.
“Not yet, I'm going for a walk with him next week and I'm going to tell him then.” You explain, “I wanted to tell yous first so please don't say anything until I do.”
You feel like you owe your other best friend that much at the very least after everything you’ve been through.
“Don't worry, I won't.” Adam promises, “If you had I was just wondering how it went, but I’m sure it’ll be fine. He will just want you to be happy, same as me.”
“Hope so.” You smile.
You are a little worried about it, but after everything you’ve been through you know in your heart that everythings going to be fine when you tell him about you and Matty. You know your best friend just as well as you know your cousin, and you knew he would be fine so you can’t imagine Alex being funny about it.
Adam assures you though, “I know so.”
The rest of your first day at the studio is really fun, and you adore that you get to spend so much time with them over the next few months. After going from no one to having your family right back in front of you it makes you feel so thankful and grateful that you’ve all been okay.
Whilst no other artists are here that they want to record with, you really do want to make the most of your time alone with them. And that first night, you all ended up ordering a huge banquet for you all, and you had the best time laughing and eating and drinking the night away.
Arguably, the funniest part of the night was the moment Matty called you over, “Hey Wheels?”
“Curly.” You grin as you walk over to take his extended hand and he pulls you towards him so you can sit down on his lap.
You happily oblige, but not before pressing a kiss to his lips.
Your boyfriend is all smiley when you pull back, and he silently thanks his lucky stars that you’re his again before he asks what he called you over for, “Can I ask you a few words in French?”
“Course you can.” You nod, happy to help him with anything he’s curious about.
“Okay, how do you say ‘bag’?” Matty asks.
“That’s an easy one.” You hum, “Sac.”
George then chips in and asks, “And the number one is Un, right?”
“Yep,” You smile, encouraging him even though that is primary school knowledge, “Très bien.”
“What’s ten?” Matty asks, drawing your attention back to him.
“Dix.” You tell him, giving him the benefit of the doubt because he’s drunk, but he really should know that, drunk or not.
George asks you again, “And how do you say ‘happiness’?
“Bonheur.” You tell them with a little grin on your face because that’s the exact emotion you’re feeling.
You’ve just had a lovely meal with your family and you’re having the best time getting drunk with them. An evening filled with endless laughs and you’re too elated and blissfully unaware as to how you’re being set up.
“Say all them words in a sentence for me.” Matty asks, giving your waist a squeeze of encouragement, “I know it won’t make sense but please do it.”
Clearly, because you’ve had alcohol yourself, you don’t realise the trap that you’re about to walk straight into.
“Bag, one, ten, happiness?” You frown for a second, but Matty nodding in approval has you doing it without much thinking. You say them all together for him without giving it much thought, “Sac on dix bonheur.”
Matty and George burst out cackling at the same time then, and then you realise what you’ve said. The phrase loosely sounds like you’re saying, ‘Sat on this boner�� in English.
“You're such a dickhead Matthew.” You smack him over the back of his head playfully. You stand up, getting off his lap as you retake your seat between a chuckling Ross and Adam.
You look at the two best friends on the other side of the table and scorn them accordingly, “I did not learn an entirelanguage for you to do that to me.”
“Hey,” Matty holds up his hands in surrender but his amused grin never leaves his face. He looks like he could burst out laughing at any second as he says, “Just trying to be funny.”
“Stop trying to be funny in a foreign language,” You shake your head, “It doesn't work. Especially like that.”
“Was pretty funny to me.” George mumbles behind his hand but you hear him loud and clear.
“Fuck off George!” You shout at him before picking up your glass of wine and downing the last of it.
“Aw Babyyyyy, don’t be like that.” George pouts then, pretending to be all concerned with you until he cracks and says, “I just want you to bag one ten happiness, Baby.”
At that, Matty and Ross drunkenly snort the loudest you’ve possibly ever heard before they burst into a shriek of laughter. George joins in and it takes everything you have to not laugh along with them because even Adam cracked at that and he usually hates jokes about you like that.
“Ross,” You shake your head, “I expected better of you.”
“I’m only mere mortal, Y/N/N.” He laughs before he traps you in a side hug, “Besides, you wanna bag one George and Matty’s happiness too.”
The whole table erupts back up then, and you start laughing. It’s Matty and George’s drunken breathless cackles that have you laughing, and you just push Ross’ shoulder as you fake disapprove of his joke.
You love these boys so much, and despite them all being absolute menaces, it really is good to see the old gang all back together.
But Christ, this is going to be a long few months
~*~*~*~ 3 days later ~*~*~*~
“What you doin’?” Matty makes you jump as he pulls your AirPod out of your ear whilst you were listening to Favourite Worst Nightmare particularly loud.
You turn back to scorn him with a distasteful frown, and at the same time you quickly close your laptop. Acting innocent, you say, “Nothing.”
Matty chuckles at your shocked reaction, but the way you shut your laptop far too quickly has your boyfriend curious, “What were you looking at?”
“Nothing.” You maintain your ground.
“Wheels…” Matty smirks, “Shall I get George to hold you down whilst I tickle you, or do you wanna just tell me?”
Teasingly he leans down over you then, and you maintain eye contact with him trying to seem like you have some sort of ability to say no to him. But that only lasts a few seconds because your boyfriend just leans down and kisses you sweetly until you’re both giggling.
“I was looking at puppies, okay?” You give in and tell him.
The only reason you didn’t want to tell your boyfriend that is because you don’t want him to think that you’re sad for looking at cute dogs whilst he’s busy at work and you don’t feel like painting today. Sometimes looking at puppies is all the serotonin boost a person could need.
“Puppies?” Matty raises his eyebrows in slight surprise.
“Yeah,” You nod, “In the first few months of lockdown I was really debating getting one.”
Matty sits down on the settee beside you, and he excitedly says, “Show me.”
“Really?” You ask a little wide eyed.
“Yes, I love dogs,” Matty reminds you, before laughing, “Sweetheart, where have you been? That Coup De Main photoshoot with the puppies was the best one ever.”
You smile thinking back to those adorable pictures of your friends and you open your laptop back up to show him your favourites which takes at least 20 minutes. Matty finds it funny how you’ve gone as far as to bookmark the ones you absolutely adore, but he thinks his heart stops when you show him a black Cane Corso puppy.
“This little guy was borning back in April and no one has snatched him up yet.” You show your boyfriend all the pictures of this cute little guy getting bigger as the pictures go on. “I’ve watched him get older at this point.”
“Oh my god, look at him.” Matty coos loudly at a particular picture of the cute pup giving the camera those eyes that you just can’t say no too.
“He’s fucking adorable.” You quickly agree, and you’re about to change to close your laptop again when Matty stops you when he excitedly points at your screen.
“Wheels!” Your boyfriend gasps excitedly, and you see him point at the location the pup is at, “That’s like a forty minute drive away!”
“Yeah, I know.” You sigh, not thinking much of it and you wonder why he’s so excited.
And Matty turns to you and says, “Let’s fucking call them and get him.”
Your eyes go wide, “What?”
“Let’s go and get him.” Matty repeats, but this time he’s more excited, like a puppy himself who hasn’t been trained yet.
Just to be certain, you ask, “You wanna get a dog?”
“If you wanna get a dog with me, Wheels, I will get one with you?” Matty is grinning so hard, his cheeks start to hurt. But he is serious when he adds. “I don’t wanna pressure you, like if you don’t want to because I’ll be away on tour sometimes and you don’t want to be left with him. We don’t have to but if you wanna get a dog with me I wanna get one with you.”
“I don’t feel pressured,” You promise him, “I just didn’t think you’d wanna get a dog today... Besides, a dog would be nice company when you’re away anyway, that isn’t a hardship. A dog would be easier to deal with than you some days.”
“But you won’t have to deal with me not being here for a while yet,” Matty leans forward and kisses your lips a few times between him grinning like a child who wants a sweet. “So… We could call and see if he’s still available?”
You can’t even pretend like that’s not a great idea. Kissing him back quickly, you question, “Do you wanna call or shall I?”
~*~*~*~
You were the one that ended up calling the owner up and after a lengthy chat, you went to see the puppy. And he was fucking adorable.
The owner did their checks on you and Matty, seeing if they felt comfortable enough around the two of you, asked you about the quality of life you could give the dog with where you both lived and they seemed pleased with your answers and the way you interacted with the puppy. From yours and Matty’s point of view it all felt like the interview of sorts was going well and you were really pleased with their decision.
They decided that they were happy enough to sell you the cute little Cane Corso puppy and that’s how you’ve ended up with the little guy on your knee as Matty drives back to the live-in studio.
The little guy is currently asleep on the makeshift bed of blankets you brought with you and you’ve been stroking him non-stop to keep him settled. You can’t stop looking at him and you know Matty feels the same and as every chance he has he’s glancing at your new puppy.
Matty grins at you, “I can’t wait to get him toys and to play with him.” and he gives the pups head a little scratch whilst he doesn’t need to change gear.
Your boyfriend can’t stop looking at the way there’s a smile permanently fixed on your face. Even you cooing and awhing at the small dog, he can tell has you all gooey inside and him seeing the two of you together has Matty feeling the exact same.
“Oh, I have no doubt that you and this little guy getting into play flights will be pure mayhem,” You laugh, “Especially in the studio with George there to tease him as well.”
“Mayhem…” Matty hums, a smile growing on his lips. “That’s a cool name.”
“You wanna call him Mayhem?” You almost gasp, looking down at the poor dog who has been nothing but sweet and playful in your presence. You cuddle him closer, “But he’s so cute.”
“But did you see him with his Mum, he was so chaotic,” Matty chuckles thinking back to the owner's dog and the way the pup interacted with its Mum, bouncing about around her and probably annoying the older dog a little. It was cute, so Matty says again, “Mayhem would be such a fitting name. Or we could call him Chaos.”
You think about it for a second, and you really can’t imagine yourself shouting Chaos at the park when you take him out for a walk. So you agree to Matty’s first suggestion.
You quickly tell him, “I prefer Mayhem.”
“Mayhem it is, Sweetheart.” Matty confirms with a nod.
You laugh, finding deciding on a name in a car with Matty all too familiar. But you wouldn’t change it for the world.
After about 10 minutes, little Mayhem is awake again and he keeps trying to move out of your lap to sniff and lick Matty which he does to his arm a few times. You have again just had to pick the puppy up and place him back in your lap as he was trying to get to your boyfriend.
“No no no, you can play with your Dad when we get home. Cuddle me Mayhem.” You tell the puppy as you cuddle him into your chest again. But then he looks up at you with those adorable eyes and you start babying him, “Yeah, you’re Mayhem. That's your new name. And you’re so so cute.”
Matty can’t help but find this whole interaction rather adorable as you continue on, “I'm going to need you to stay this cute forever, or at the very least until your Dad goes back on tour and you can be my guard dog and my best friend. Deal?”
And like he can understand you, Mayhem licks your nose as if in agreement which makes you giggle, “Thank you Mayhem.”
Matty’s heart just melted watching what he could of that scene which just took place. He loves you so fucking much and he can’t wait for Mayhem to worm his way into his heart almost as deep as you go.
Thankfully for Matty, the traffic in front of him stops at a red light so he can reach over and scratch Mayhem’s head, but when you look at your boyfriend you see that he’s smiling at you with a lot of emotion in his eyes.
“What?” You ask gently as you smile back at him.
“I’m just happy Sweetheart.” Matty grins, and he genuinely means it with the whole of his being.
His chest feels full with the love he has for you and the visual of you holding the new addition to your little family. Matty doesn’t think he’s ever been as happy as he is right this second.
“I'm glad,” You smile at your boyfriend, and you lean down to kiss the top of Mayhem’s head as he licks Matty’s wrist and you say, “I have no doubt he’ll be a handful but we can handle it.”
“We can.” Matty nods, his smile getting bigger when he says, “This little guy is just practise for when we start a proper family, ey?
It takes everything you have to not let your eyes well up then. Instead you just look at the man you love with the whole of your heart and nod, “Yeah.”
For a few seconds, you both look at Mayhem, laughing a little when he goes to nip Matty’s hand because he’s getting a little too excited. But when Matty scratches the dog's head instead, you tell your boyfriend to make sure he’s aware, “I love you, you know.”
Your words make his heart swell, and his do the same to you when he sincerely tells you, “I love you more.”
You shake your head, “Impossible.” because with the way you feel about him, you don’t know how he could love you more.
But he really can. He’s loved you since he first saw you, and he will remind you every single day that he loves you more than he ever thought possible.
“Not for me.” Matty shakes his head and leans across to kiss you.
~*~*~*~ August 7th 2020 ~*~*~*~
Of course when you got back to the studio a few days ago, the guys absolutely loved Mayhem. The evening of work they had planned was thrown out of the window entirely.
Everyone loved the dog, you and Matty barely got a moment to yourselves with your new dog, but thankfully you got that when you went to bed and Mayhem came and cuddled you both. And the owner had already had him vaccinated too so you got your moments alone with your puppy when you went out on walks too.
He’s a good dog, completely adorable and as he’s a little older than most puppies usually are when they leave their Mum, he was trained a little too. There was still work to do but you have all the time in the world with him.
Matty kept calling him chonky which never failed to make you laugh. You were honestly so thrilled, and even today when you drove back to London with Mayhem so you could go on your walk with Alex in his local park, you’re excited for someone else to meet your new dog too.
Alex met you at the park, and immediately he crouched down to Mayhem’s level and let the dog sniff, lick, and even jump on him. Your best friend looks like he could spend all his time with your new dog and you both laugh when he jokingly told you to go back home and he would take Mayhem on the walk.
When he stands up, you hug your best friend so tight as the last time you got to hug him was back in March. It’s been a fucking long 5 months.
You and Alex walk and catch up with each other for a long while. And obviously it gets to a point where you have to tell him about your relationship status.
After just building your way up to getting it out, you just end up telling him simply, “Me and Matty are back together…”
You find that you’re almost bracing yourself for some sort of negative reaction from him, but instead your best friend keeps a straight face, and he looks at you and asks, “Are you happy?”
“Yeah,” You nod, “I really am.”
You have no doubt that this is the happiest you’ve ever been. You’re hopelessly in love with your boyfriend and all of your friends are fine and healthy in the midst of the pandemic you’re currently in.
The painting’s you’re doing are the best you’ve ever done. You’re the most inspired to create you ever have been, and you’re happy in your own body and in yourself.
“Good,” Alex smiles, and he playfully nudges your shoulder as he says, “I’m happy for you. For you both.”
And it’s like relief floods you. All you’ve ever wanted is for both of your best friends to get along, and you realise it was partly your fault that they never did, but after hearing Alex say he’s happy for both of you, it makes you think that they can actually be friends with each other now.
“Thank you, that’s all I want for you too.” You’re grinning like a fucking idiot with how joyous you currently feel. “I just want you to find someone and be really happy with them.”
“Thank you Angel.” Alex says, but then you watch as he looks down to the ground and tries to hide a huge smile coming to his face.
Immediately, you stop walking, much to Mayhem's distress, but you make your best friend look at you when you ask, “What was that grin?”
“Nothing.” He shakes his head, and he goes shy, so you know something is going on. Or more like someone.
“Alexander Turner, that was not nothing,” You’re grinning now, seeing him all embarrassed. You don’t let it go, you press on, “You had someone in mind… Who was it?”
“I’m sort of speaking to someone and it’s at the point where we never want to be off the phone to each other.” Alex admits and his cheeks get increasingly rosy as he gets more embarrassed.
Your jaw drops, absolutely thrilled for him and loving this information. More details are needed though, and you continue to pry as you both start walking again, letting Mayhem explore a little more.
“Who?” You excitedly ask, “Do I know them?”
“Believe it or not,” Alex chuckles, running a hand through his hair before he looks at you and explains, “You actually had a hand in setting us up.”
Your eyes immediately go wide, not recalling doing anything to set him up with anyone. You wonder if it’s another artist you’ve made him listen to before now and he’s met them because he said he liked their music. But you’re well off.
“Who?” You ask with wide eyes.
Alex is trying not to grin like a fool as he explains, “Do you remember who you met in Tennessee with Matty?”
“Ella!?” You almost scream her name in the park.
Alex is chuckling at your wide eyes and the way you ask excitedly, “You’re speaking to Ella?”
“Yeah, we’ve been talking non-stop since New Year.” Alex confirms, with pink cheeks and he’s a little embarrassed when he admits, “Literally not an hour goes by when we're not on the phone or texting each other.”
Instantly, you’re calling your best friend adorable and he tells you how they started talking again. For the entire story you’re cooing, making Alex more blushy but he tells you how much she means to him and how finally he wants to pursue her properly.
Whilst you think this new relationship is the cutest thing ever, you have to bully your best friend for a second when you remember a defining feature of Ella’s.
“Oh, you’re a horny fucker,” You look at your best friend with knowing eyes, “You just want that ‘Pure Desire’ tattoo wrapped around your throat.”
You couldn’t really forget that tattoo on the back of Ella’s hand if you tried. When you were dancing with each other on the side of the stage at The 1975’s show in Nashville, you grabbed that hand of hers many times to twirl her around and you’re sure you were accidentally longing for it around your own neck.
Alex laughs, and he nods, “I wanted that hand wrapped around my throat eight years ago.”
“Should have put a ring on her back then instead of that other American.” You tell him, thinking how him and Ella would have probably gone the distance if he had gone for her instead of Arielle.
“Yeah yeah I know, but we're going to make up for lost time.” Alex is smiling like a fool as he tells you, “I really like her and we get on as if we’ve still been chatting all these years.”
You’re beyond happy for your best friend. You can see that he’s entirely in love with her already, as his eyes sparkle when he talks about her, the exact same way his eyes used to be when he looked at you.
You’re so thankful he’s found the right person for him though. And you hope to every higher power that they work out.
“I’m a little bit jealous of you,” You admit, thinking back to meeting her and what you’ve seen on her social media since, “She’s gorgeous.”
“She is.” Alex nods, and he is entirely enamoured with Ella.
“Not going to lie Alex,” You’re not really that embarrassed when you reveal, “Her Instagram has me in a chokehold. No pun intended.”
And it really does. She’s hot as fuck. And she takes the most amazing pictures of both other people and herself. The photoshoots she’s done of herself and her friends had your eyes going wide and you definitely want her to take your picture.
When you get married you will definitely be asking her to do your boudoir pictures.
“Same.” Alex laughs as he admits.
But you admit just how far back you went, “No, like, I went back to 2014.”
“Stalker.” Alex laughs at you, as if he’s not done exactly the same.
“You’d understand if you’d seen that motorbike picture of her.” You tell him, because she looked sexy as fuck lay back across her motorbike, her figure on full display for everyone to see.
The woman isn’t a model, but she really fucking should be. She just posts content like that, looking all hot for free. She should get paid to do it. The woman is stunning.
“Yes,” Alex shyly nods, “Believe me, I know the one.”
“Ha. I bet you do.” You give him a knowing look, “Dirty boy.”
And as soon as he avoids eye contact you know for a fact that he has been a dirty boy to pictures of her.
Alex tells you about how Ella has been planning to move to the UK as Focus Creeps is taking a change in direction and if she moves to the uk with her boss she will essentially get to be second in charge. So it seems like it will be the both of both worlds, if she moves she will get a promotion and she gets to be with Alex.
The both of you stay and talk for a few hours, and it feels like the time flies by. Before you know it, you realise that to beat rush hour back to the studio you need to be heading off.
Of course, you offer Alex a lift home, but he declines saying he’s going to call Ella on his way back and it makes you coo over their relationship again.
Whilst you know you hugged him earlier, as you’ve been walking around, you notice that some people have been walking further apart, so you ask Alex, “Can we hug goodbye or is it still not allowed?”
“I won’t tell you if you don’t.” Alex grins and you don’t hesitate to throw your arms around him.
As you hug each other tightly, you tell him, “I love you Shakespeare, and I’m so beyond happy for you and Ella.”
“Love you too Angel, I’m happy for you too.” Alex pressed a kiss to your temple, “And once she’s over here we’ll do another walk with her, and go out or something.”
“Yes please, I'd love that.” You nod and you give each other another long squeeze before you let each other go.
You love your best friend so much and you’re so happy that he’s found his girl.
And you love that he loves your puppy too because as soon as he’s let go of you, he crouches down to pay your dog the attention he deserves.
After playing with him for a minute and getting him all excited, Alex chuckles as he pets him, “Nice to meet you Mayhem. I’ll see you again soon.”
You give your best friend one last hug, smiling, “Bye Shakespeare.”
“Bye Angel.” Alex smiles.
~*~*~*~ 7 April 2021 ~*~*~*~
Whilst you’ve been through two more lockdowns since you first got Mayhem, life has improved for you more than you ever thought it could. You and Matty are closer than ever, completely and utterly in love still and you have completely moved into his house with him.
You rent out a little art studio a little further into the city which you absolutely adore, and you have booked another gallery for the summer of 2022. You’ve been taking a lot of commissions recently and every customer seemed to adore them, and you’re really excited for more to eventually come through.
Mayhem is a lot bigger than he was, as he’s just about coming up to being a year old. He is still the most gorgeous and playful dog and you and Matty have him fully trained now and he’s definitely a Mummy’s boy, which is even funnier when you cuddle him instead of Matty and your boyfriend gets jealous.
On a very bright side, you finally have your curly haired brunette back.
During the lockdowns Matty ended up bleaching his hair when he still had a buzzcut, which was a nice change you will admit. You even liked it when he ended up putting a pastel pink dye over that as it made waiting for his hair to grow out a little more fun.
But thankfully, now you have your Curly back and he’s looking as gorgeous as ever. His long unruly curls are back and if you have any say in it, they will never be leaving again.
All of your friends are also doing amazing too. Y/B/F and Charlie are back in the flat as whilst Covid is still around, it’s a lot less dangerous thanks to the vaccines. They are happy and have set a date for their wedding for this coming August so you’ve been helping her plan everything and you’re really excited.
Alex and Ella are official and when she moved to the UK, Ella pretty much moved in with Alex straight away. It was so easy to tell how they effortlessly love each other and the more time they spent together the closer they became. She was staying in a flat for the first month she came over but she was with Alex every single day, so there was really no point in them delaying it.
They are the cutest pair and in October they will be having their 1 year anniversary together. You’ve never seen Alex happier and you’re beyond thankful he’s found his girl.
It’s sickening how much they adore each other, it really makes sense why no one can stand being around you and Matty for too long because you’ve been told that you and Matty are apparently worse. But you absolutely love the couple with all of your heart and you can see them having a very bright future together.
In some iconic news, which simultaneously wrecked your soul, George got himself a girlfriend. Who is the most iconic pop artist on the planet, Miss Charli XCX.
The pair started fucking each other during the time that No Rome, The 1975, and Charli were working on the song Spinning together. The thought of the pair being fuck buddies had you having a bisexual meltdown as that is a sandwhich you wish you could be in the middle of.
At first, you and Matty knew it was the convenience of another lockdown coming along where you were once again in and out of a live-in studio that brought George and Charli together. Boredom in a lockdown and having someone to fuck really worked well, especially for the new power couple.
After the single came out in March, the pair didn’t really have an excuse to keep on fucking, but it was clear to everyone that they really fancied each other. Just as clear as it was to Matty that you fancied both George and Charli a little too much, but they are pretty iconic so your boyfriend let that one slide a bit.
The couple became official just a week ago and you really see it going the distance. They are both into the same music, they both like creating new music to pass the time, they probably fuck each others lights out the best anyone ever has, so you weren’t at all surprised when George made things official.
As he should. He’s probably the luckiest bastard alive. You don’t know who you are more jealous of though, George or Charli.
And you’ve all made it through this pandemic which is a complete blessing. And the first people who come to see you after the lockdown finishes is your cousin and his girlfriend.
They got here a few hours ago and you almost thought that they came a day early before Matty’s birthday party. It’s your boyfriend’s birthday tomorrow and you’re having a small gathering for him, per his request, but it will just be a few people coming round to get drunk.
Today Adam brought his and Carly’s dog Stevie round with them so Mayhem could have a friend to play with. And watching the two gods has been quite amusing as all four of you ended up ordering a take out so you could eat together.
It’s been a really lovely afternoon with them, and you love Carly like she’s your sister so it is no hardship at all for you to get on with her the same way you do with Adam. And Matty has an easy time of keeping you all entertained so you’ve had a really nice day.
As you sit down with another brew for you and her, you ask, “Was lockdown okay for you both? Not get too bored?”
“No, it was okay thankfully,” Carly smiles, and asks, “What about you?”
“Can’t exactly get bored with Matty.” You nod your head towards him and laugh, “The hyper activity really kept us active and it’s always fun with a puppy.”
“I can’t believe how big he is now.” Carly says as the both of you look down to Mayhem who is lying down beside Stevie.
You hum, smiling, “Me neither.”
Mayhem is a big boy now. He’s not the tiny puppy you started out with, which is a little gutting but it’s not like you didn’t know it would happen. You just miss being able to cuddle him with him sat fully on your lap as now he’s far too big.
“Are you sure he’s a Cane Corso?” Adam chips into your conversation, all of you now looking at your dog, “He still looks like he could be a labrador.”
“Just you wait,” You joke, “He’ll be bigger than Matty this time next year.”
“And subsequently you, Wheels.” Your boyfriend teases you, which you do kind of deserve.
“I know,” You chuckle, “But I just want him to be my little baby for a bit longer. I love mothering him.”
“Mother who? Mayhem or Matty?” Carly jokes and it has everyone but Matty giggling.
All of you chat about everything and nothing. Matty telling your cousin about a few ideas he’s had for future music but nothing concrete just yet. But once Adam joins yours and Carly’s conversation, Matty gets thinking and he knows your cousin well, he never usually just comes round to chill out, and he looks like he has a little nervous energy about him, so your curly haired brunette decides to investigate.
Once the conversation finishes, Matty asks the couple, “What’s brought you two over anyway? Hann never just wants to pop round to see me.”
You find yourself laughing at that, still loving how their brotherly love is shown in the way of lightly bullying each other. You offer up a reason, “He might have wanted to see me.”
“Don't be silly Sweetheart,” Matty shakes his head, and then he leans his chin on Adam’s shoulder to ask him, “Do you have an early birthday present for me? Is it a kiss Hann, because I’ve not had one in a while.”
“No,” Your cousin shakes his head firmly, and he jokes, “You would only be so lucky.”
You and Matty watch then as the couple glance and smile at each other and you know something is about to be said before Adam even says, “We actually have some news.”
“Oh?” You smile and raise your eyebrows.
You glance at Matty and share a smile at him because you’ve both debated this time and time again and the both of you think you know what you’re about to be told.
“Has he finally proposed to you Carls?” Matty asks, wanting to get the scoop straight away. And he bullies your cousin a little more in the process, “I think you’ve been waiting long enough for now. I hope he’s done it.”
“Not yet,” Carly laughs, “You’re very cheeky Matty.”
Your boyfriend giggles at that and then throws his arm around Adam’s shoulder as he proudly says, “Bane of your fiance's life.”
“Not my fiance yet,” Carly giggles herself before she looks between you and Matty as she tells you, “We actually came to tell you that we’re having a baby.”
Both yours and Matty’s gasp at the same time, “What?”
“We’re having a baby.” Adam repeats, the couple now grinning at both of your reactions.
They have never seen either of you more shocked. But it’s no surprise to either of them when the both of you immediately get emotional about it.
“Oh my god,” Matty has tears in his eyes when he says, “Why didn’t you tell me to shut my gob?”
Adam just laughs at him, “We tried.”
“Not hard enough.” Matty pulls your cousin into the biggest hug he’s ever given him then and he doesn’t hold back his tears.
On the other settee, you’re the same with Carly. Happy tears are running down your face that you keep on wiping away so they don’t land on her shoulder.
You tell her how much you love her and how happy for her you are. It’s actually difficult to get everything you want to say out because if there’s anyone in the world that deserves a happy little family of their own it is Adam.
After a few minutes, you stand up to hug your cousin and you throw your arms around him, still crying yourself, and tell him, “I’m so happy for you Ads.”
“Thank you B.” Adam hugs you back just as tight.
He had been so excited to tell you. It really was a struggle for him to not come and tell you straight away but instead he had to hold off and tell both his and Carly’s parents first.
“You’re going to be the best Dad.” You tell him when you manage to stop yourself crying for a brief second, but you’re still clutching him tightly.
It makes Adam a little teary eyed hearing you say that, and he whispers a small, “Thank you.” into your ear.
When you eventually let your cousin go, you see that Matty has his arm around Carly, hugging her by his side and they were just standing watching you. Seeing their smiles just makes you cry more, but at the same time you laugh because it feels a bit pathetic even though you know it’s not.
They all laugh at you and you don’t know who, but you can only assume it’s Matty that makes the other two give you a group hug. All you know is that the next second, your face is in Matty’s chest and Carly and Adam are on either side of you hugging you, all of you laughing.
“We also needed to see if Auntie Y/N/N and Uncle Matty would be around to be cool babysitters for us?” Carly says, which is the best thing you’ve possibly ever heard, but you’re too emotional right now.
“Stop, I'll cry more!” You squeal as you wipe your tears on Matty’s top and you bite your tongue to not cry more when he kisses the top of your head.
“Course we will,” Matty promises, and then he kisses Adam’s cheek, “Hann,” and Carly’s head, “Carls,” and when they look at him, you can hear the emotion in his voice when he says, “We’re so happy for the both of you.”
And later you will remind yourself to give your boyfriend a thank you kiss for getting the words out for you.
After you think you’ve got through the initial emotional reaction to it, and you think the waterworks have stopped for the day. And for a while, you’re right.
You find out that Carly is 12 weeks and they have already told their parents, and they are about to go and tell the other two boys tonight. And they asked Matty if it would be okay to tell the others who were coming round tomorrow and of course he said that it was fine.
Before you know it, it’s time for them to go and tell George and Ross before it gets too late, so the couple head out. But not before they make you emotional again after you’ve hugged Adam goodbye you then watch you boyfriend hug Carly, and you hear her say, “Happy early birthday present, Uncle Matty.”
“Stop it,” Matty says, getting teary eyed again which subsequently has you then same. Matty tells her, “I'm actually going to sob and I will for days.”
You all chuckle at that, and you wipe away another fallen tear from your cheek as you listen to your cousin’s girlfriend.
“Well that's why we came to tell you today. I don’t want you crying on your birthday,” Carly chuckles, “Not to mention we had to come and tell you before you asked me why I wouldn’t drink with you tomorrow.”
“Very clever.” Matty pulls her into another hug, and he kisses her temple.
Once he has let go of Carly, you walk out to the small courtyard at the front of the house with Carly and you help her get Stevie on her lead before you say your goodbye to her there. And whilst you’re there you have no idea that the boys are watching you from the front door after they hug each other.
Matty just told your cousin, “Baby Hann is going to be spoiled rotten and you can’t tell me off for it.”
And when Adam laughs, nodding approvingly, Matty then watches the way your cousin looks at Carly. His whole face lights up seeing her, and the love he has for her is clear to see.
“Adam,” Matty gets his attention back, and your boyfriend pleads with everything he has, “Put a ring on that woman, for christ sake.”
Because he can see just how much Carly means to him. And the pair have chatted before, Matty knows he wants to marry her, so it’s really beyond him why he would wait to get engaged to her even now when they are having a baby together. He just wants your cousin, his best friend, to have the happiest of endings because he deserves every ounce of happiness.
Your cousin just smirks and fires back ,“I could say the exact same to you.” which shocks Matty entirely.
He really wasn’t expecting that. So after a brief second to process what that means, Matty asks, “You’d let me?”
“Course I would.” Adam nods, looking your boyfriend in his eyes when he says, “If you’re waiting for a blessing Matty, you got that a long time ago. You love her more than anyone ever has.”
Glancing back at you and Carly hugging each other has Adam smiling. You and Matty certainly deserve to be as happy as he is feeling right now. So he looks back at your boyfriend and tells him, “You better ask her before she asks you at this point.”
Matty wants to chuckle at that, because it really would be a move that you would pull. But he’s still a little shocked Adam just told him that he would let you marry him, so your boyfriend just ends up nodding, “I’ll get on that.”
And it’s not like he didn’t already have plans to, he just hadn’t worked up the courage to actually ask Adam for his blessing yet.
“You better had.” Adam tells him, before giving him an ultimatum, “Before the year is up or I revoke the blessing.”
Matty frowns a little, “You can’t revoke it when you’ve just given it me.”
Adam just laughs then and Matty all but launches himself into your cousin's arms again. Your curly haired brunette’s voice is full of adoration when he says, “I love you Hann.”
“I love you too, Matty.” Adam smiles, before kissing his best friend's head.
~*~*~*~ 23rd June 2021 ~*~*~*~
You’re currently back over in Sheffield staying with your best friend and Charlie for a few days with Matty and Mayhem, per Y/B/F’s request. She’s throwing you a small party of sorts for your 35th birthday in a couple of days and you were having a really nice time just catching up with her in your old home.
The both of you have been early risers for a very long time and with Charlie on a 3pm till 3am last night, he was still asleep in bed, and considering Matty never sleeps well, you’ve let him sleep in too. After all, who really wants to be up on a Wednesday morning at 8am if they don’t have to be?
You and your best friend have just had breakfast together and now you’re sitting on the settee beside each other after having just taken Mayhem outside for a quick walk around the block. You just assume that your dog will himself down underneath the window on the floor like he usually does when you’re back home, and he will more than likely fall asleep again soon, but this time you’re wrong.
Instead, Mayhem gets himself up on the settee between you and he spins himself round twice before he lies down, curling himself up into a tight little ball whilst you and Y/B/F smile and stroke him. Your not so little puppy lifts his head after a moment though and he rests it down on your stomach as you are leaning back into your seat.
You smile at that and scratch the top of Mayhem’s head how you know he likes, and you continue doing so until your best friend startles you by saying, “That’s usually a sign that you’re pregnant when dogs do that, you know?”
Of course you’ve heard that myth before, but you’ve never had your own dog to pay attention to like that. You just shake the comment off and say, “Don’t say that.”
“It’s true.” Y/B/F tells you with a ghost of a smile on her lips. She does like teasing you, she misses doing it in person.
“He’s just my affectionate little man.” You tell her, and continue to pet Mayhem. And you defend his actions, “He’s done this before.”
“They bark and become more protective over you too,” Y/B/F tells you more of the folklore, and she raises her eyebrows at you as she points out, “And you said yesterday when we took him on our walk that it was strange of him to be growling and barking as much as he was doing when a few people were walking past us whilst we were sat down.”
A few beats of silence pass the both of you by before your best friend delivers her closing argument, “He could be trying to tell you something.”
“For fucks sake.” You sigh after a minute of glaring at her and getting all pouty about it, “I’m not going to rest now until I take a test.”
You and Matty weren’t exactly being careful, but you’re on the pill. But you’re also very aware that sometimes people can get pregnant whilst being on the pill so you know that for peace of mind you’re just going to have to take a test. You really wish she hadn’t brought it up.
“Oh relax, you and Matty could handle it.” Y/B/F tells you, “I already know you’d be great parents and I’m sure Mayhem would agree.”
You smile at the way she pats Mayhem then and the way he huffs in reaction to her. And thinking about it logically, you know that you and Matty would be fine if you did have a baby, but there are a few things you ideally would have liked to do before that happened. However, at the same time, it really wouldn’t be the end of the world.
“Come on,” Y/B/F brings you out of your thoughts and she gets up and offers you her hand to help you up. She tells you, “I have pregnancy tests in the bathroom. I’ll do one with you like I used to make you do with me so you don’t get stressed out.”
You chuckle, loving how she could always make something serious easier to deal with. You nod and take her hand, “Okay.”
So that is how you and Y/B/F are currently in the bathroom, Y/B/F now sitting on the toilet seat lid, you standing up by the sink, waiting eagerly for the results of the two pregnancy tests that are resting on the side of the bath and for the two minutes to be up.
You just nipped back out to the lounge to grab your tea because the nerves that you get everytime this happens makes your mouth dry. But that is your undoing.
You weren’t panicked about it at all, it just seems like your body's reaction when you do take one. After all this was only a conspiracy about dogs knowing if someone is pregnant or not and you’re debunking it.
But you’re an idiot who didn’t shut the door properly when you came back into the bathroom. Because Mayhem has just snuck his way in and his excited tail wagging back and forth has just knocked both of the pregnancy tests into the empty bath, muddling them up so you don’t know who’s is who’s… And one of them is positive.
Both you and Y/B/F swear at the same time, before forming a very quick and calculated plan, neither of you panicking about it though. You just need to know which one of you is pregnant sooner rather than later.
You quietly put Mayhem back into the bedroom with Matty before both you and Y/B/F head out to the closest supermarket to get decent tests. Both of you buy a box of the Clear Blue tests so you can be certain and make sure whoevers positive is actually positive, and when you come back the both of you do your tests again but keep them on either side of the sink.
As you wait, you hold each other's hand and Y/B/F jokes, “Remember when we always used to say that the both of us would end up being together when we found out one of us was pregnant?”
“Yeah,” You nod, thinking back to all the times you’d forced each other into doing one and they had thankfully all came out negative when you were younger.
“Least we’re actual adults and capable now.” Y/B/F chuckles and you giggle in agreement.
It feels like the longest few minutes of your lives, and when you check the timer on your phone you still have another minute left. It feels like an age passes and when the alarm goes off it almost makes you jump.
You and your best friend keep your eyes on each other for a moment, and you squeeze each other's hand when she asks, “Ready?”
“Ready.” You nod, knowing whatever the outcome, you’re both going to be fine. You tell her quickly, “I love you.”
“I love you too.” Y/B/F smiles back and after giving each other a nod of encouragement, the both of you check your tests.
When you look down at your test, you find yourself surprised when you see it only has one line… Negative.
It shocks you as the lore about the dogs knowing had really gotten into your head, but then Y/B/F squeezes your hand and you look at hers… Pregnant 3+
“Are you okay?” You immediately ask her.
She looks at you then, nodding a little, but her eyes flick back to the test clearly a little in disbelief, “Yeah, just a bit shocked.”
And of course she was going to be. You bet she never for a second thought she would randomly be doing a pregnancy test today, let alone for it to come back positive.
You sit her back down on the closed toilet seat so she can process it as best she can as you crouch down in front of her and hold her hand. After a few seconds, she asks you to pass her her phone that she put on the sink too and you grab it instantly and give it to her.
After about 20 seconds of scrolling and tapping, your best friend lets out a little sigh and she looks a little jaw dropped. You’re about to ask her what’s going on until she starts speaking.
“I’ve just checked my tracker, and I didn’t come on last month.” She tells you and she runs a hand through her hair as she looks you in the eyes and scorns herself, “Oh my god, I’m such an idiot for making you worry. I’m so sorry.”
“I wasn’t worried, don’t apologise.” You dismiss her apologies as you would have been fine if it was you, it was something you could handle and you have no doubt if she wants this baby, she will be able to handle it too.
You ask her softly when she locks her phone, “Are you happy? You look shocked, rightly so.”
“Yeah, I’m happy.” She tells you after a brief second of silence. And her eyes get all sparkly when she half grins, “I’m going to be a Mum.”
“You’re going to be the best Mum in the whole world.” You nod, your eyes doing the same as you can see just how much this means to her now she’s processing the news.
Y/B/F is crying when she pulls you into a hug, and she says into your ear, “I love you.”
“I love you so much more.” You promise her.
You’re both crying for a minute, but in this scenario that isn’t a shock. This was a massive surprise, and you’re still a little in disbelief it’s not yourself this has happened to.
Y/B/F releases you briefly from the hug to pull back and ask you seriously, “In the unlikely event that this ever happens to either of us and our boyfriends actually don’t want the baby, can we promise to run away with each other and raise them ourselves?”
You want to sob for her that she would ever think that Charlie wouldn’t want their little baby, because you know for a fact that he will be over the moon when he finds out soon. But you understand that she wants reassurance, and you don’t hesitate to give it to her.
You nod, “You have my word.” and you offer her a pinky swear which she returns instantly.
“Thank you.” Y/B/F sniffles, and she wipes her tears as she says, “I know Charlie is going to be thrilled, but I just needed to hear that.”
“Of course.” You chuckle before telling her that you love her again and she does the same to you.
It’s a fun little cycle that eventually calms the both of you down, and stops you both crying. But that isn’t to say that your emotions can’t be seen on your now puffy features when you leave the bathroom, and it seems like you’re really obvious.
When you unlock the bathroom door and the both of you emerge from it, you give your best friend another hug outside the door and wish her luck as she’s about to go and wake Charlie up to tell him. But before you even let each other go, the door to the other side of you opens and Mayhem quickly trots out, paying neither of you attention, but your boyfriend clearly does.
Seeing the both of you standing there and hugging each other makes him a little worried, especially when he sees that your eyes are a little swollen. He looks at you first and asks, “Everything okay?”
“Yeah everythings good.” You promise him and nod as you let go of your best friend.
Matty looks at her then though and asks, “Y/B/F?”
“Yeah I’m really good. I’m gunna quickly…” She trails off and points to hers and Charlie’s room and you nod understanding.
She smiles at you again and with one last squeeze on each of your arms, she disappears into her bedroom, and you’re left with Matty.
“Are you okay?” Your boyfriend asks again as you immediately make the short way towards him and you from your arms around him, trapping him in a big hug.
“Yeah,” You nod, hiding yourself in his neck. You make sure he can hear you when you ask a little rhetorically, “I love you, you know?”
Your curly haired brunette nods and promises, “I love you too.”
He has to ask again though, “Is Y/B/F okay?”
“Yeah,” You’re smiling like a fool as you pull back from the hug and tell him, “She’s just found out she’s making us be an Aunt and Uncle again, so she’s a tad emotional.”
And your cute way of telling Matty that your best friend is pregnant immediately has his eyes watering, just like they did when Adam told you both the news.
Matty very quickly kisses your lips, before he hugs you tightly and suggests, “I think we keep getting the best early birthday presents, don't you?”
“The very best.” You hum in agreement.
~*~*~*~
After waking Charlie up and telling him, the pair were obviously really emotional as expected. Whilst he was of course happy, his nurse mode turned on almost immediately and for peace of mind because they didn’t know, Charlie called one of his friends who was at work today and asked if there was any chance they could squeeze Y/B/F in for a quick scan.
She’d been drinking over the last few months as she clearly didn’t know she was pregnant, and of course they wanted the peace of mind that everything was fine. Thankfully Charlie’s friend managed to get them in and whilst they have gone for their appointment, you and Matty have gone out on a walk with Mayhem.
Your curly haired brunette used to love it when you’d take him on walks around Sheffield when you were first together, and he still adores it now. Matty finds that it's your anecdotes that he loves and he adores the way your face lights up as you tell them.
He knows he’s been to this park you’re both currently in before, as you’d shown him the old tennis courts that you and your school mates always used to hang about on, but you seem to have a destination in mind about where you’re taking him and Mayhem now, but Matty can’t guess where.
“Where are we going?” Matty asks as you start to veer off the path in front of you.
Smiling, you squeeze his arm that you’ve linked and tell him, “I know a place.”
“Do you now?” Matty smiles, and seeing that there’s a small sparkle in your eye has you excited, it makes him feel the same.
“Yep,” You grin, “It’s one of my favourite places on the planet.”
Matty’s eyes go a little wide then, asking, “Really?”
Humming and nodding, you confirm, “You should feel very privileged that I'm bringing you here. You’ll be one of three people who knows about it besides me.”
Matty smiles at that, and he doesn’t have to guess to know that you mean Y/B/F and Alex. He smiles at the thought of you finally being ready to show him whatever place it is too.
Matty hums, “It must be special.”
“It is.” You nod, and you tell him honestly. “I came here the most when you were in rehab… Needed somewhere to go to remember your face.”
Because you came every day, if not every other when Matty was in rehab. You needed the comfort your spot gave you and you it really helped when he was away. You’re glad that you’ve made the decision to finally show him your secret place.
You love and appreciate the way your curly haired brunette kisses your temple then as you walk him towards the trees. It doesn’t take you long to find your cherry blossom tree, and Mayhem finds it before you even get to open the curtain of pink petals for him.
You do move them aside for Matty though and you watch his reaction eagerly. You forgot the magic of showing this place to someone new.
The way your boyfriend’s eyes light up when he steps into your pink cocoon that shields you from the rest of the world makes you really happy. His smile also makes your chest ache as he looks astounded at the place, and it gets even bigger when he looks out to see the view you get too.
“Wow.” Matty gasps as he looks back around at the tree, “It’s stunning.”
You’re just grinning at him, taking him in your space and loving his reaction. But you adore the man even more when his eyes go a little wide as the pieces come together, “So this is why you went for a cherry blossom branch when you got your tattoo?” and when you nod, he grins, “It makes so much sense now.”
“Yep.” You verbally confirm, “Makes me feel at home. The tattoos remind me of home.”
Matty grins and he grabs your hand and pulls you towards him, and he looks into your eyes as he holds your waist and tells you, “I feel like I’ve just found the final piece of your puzzle, Wheels.”
You absolutely love that he has put it like that, as in really it is. This hiding spot of yours is the only thing Matty doesn’t know about you, and now you’re an entirely open book to him. It feels exactly how he put it, you’re a completed puzzle now.
As you have a hold of your boyfriend's hand, you pull him around and onto your bench so you can sit and admire the view. And as you’re tying the end of Mayhem’s lead to the bench, Matty asks, “How often did you usually come here?”
“I usually ended up coming most when I was sad, but also on good days too.” You tell him honestly, “But I only come when the tree blossoms, it’s a bit bleak if not.”
“It’s so stunning.” Matty says, turning back around to look at the pink bubble the both of you are in. Your dog takes both of your attention though because he comes and sits by both yours and Matty’s feet and gives you his puppy dog eyes. Your boyfriend plays with him a second as he asks him, “Isn’t it Mayhem? Your Mum’s hiding place is so pretty, just like her. She shouldn’t be upset when she comes here.”
You smile at his playfulness, but you assure him, “I love to come here when I’m happy too, it just brightens my day even more and this is definitely a day for it.”
“It certainly is.” Matty agrees.
Because coming to your spot to reflect on the fact that your best friend is going to have a baby is definitely a good day for it. Especially after the chaotic morning you had, which made Matty laugh earlier when you explained everything to him.
The both of you talk about how it was certainly a chaotic way to find out, and how you both hope everything is okay with their baby. And you laugh over how it was funny that Mayhem got it wrong and how he must have just been more protective over Y/B/F yesterday which led to him barking a little more.
When the conversation leads into a comfortable silence, Matty’s thoughts of this gorgeous spot get away with him, and he asks, “Have you ever kissed someone here?”
You chuckle at that, and all you do is glance at him and warn him, “Don’t ask questions you don’t want to know the answers to.”
That is all the answer Matty needs, and he finds it amusing so he jokes, “Christ, Alex was a lucky boy.”
You chuckle at him clearly knowing who it was, but you do make sure he knows something for certain, “He wasn’t lucky like you’re thinking. My spot is not R rated.”
“Not yet.” Matty smirks, desperately trying to hold back his laugh.
You just hum, “Dirty boy.” before you playfully push his arm from the back of the bench.
Your boyfriend laughs, before he shuffles closer to you and throws his arm over your shoulder to hug you into him more. You hum, entirely content with your surroundings and who you’re with. You’re so happy you showed Matty this place.
“Wanna be the last person I kiss here?” You ask him after a silent moment, “Because I won’t be bringing anyone new or kissing anyone else here.”
Matty is grinning at you, so you know his answer before he even says, “I would quite like that.”
“Course you would.” You giggle before you attach your lips to his.
You kiss him like you’ve wanted to kiss him all morning. Entirely too overwhelmed with your emotions and you pour all your love for him into it.
It baffles you how Matty’s kisses still give you butterflies all these years later, but he really does. You’re absolutely enamoured by him and what makes it all the more sweeter is that you know he feels the exact same about you.
When you get all soppy like this, you just want to carry on kissing him for hours on end to try and show him just how much he means to you. And you’re certain that by now Matty understands this form of communication with you, if it’s not his preferred one himself.
Both of you get a little too into it, because that really is what the two of you are like. Neither of you know when to stop, but you eventually do when Mayhem starts getting a bit jealous of the attention you’re giving each other and he tries to jump up at both of you.
“You sure you don’t wanna make it R rated?” Matty giggles after you teasingly bite his lip when you pull away.
You hum and pretend to think about it for a second, but you shake your head, “Not today... Maybe when we leave him at home.”
Matty chuckles before the both of you look down at your dog, and your curly haired brunette jokes to your dog, “You ruining moments like this is why you get left in the lounge when we go to the bedroom, Mayhem. You’re a massive cockblock.” and that has you cackling loudly.
The both of you end up settling down and you peacefully watch the world go by. A peaceful hour goes by before your phone buzzes and you hear from your best friend with the best news.
Wifey: Everything’s fine. Baby’s fine. I’m fine. I’m 10 weeks xx
Wifey: Please bring ice cream back on the way home from the park please x love you xxx
You obviously grin at your phone like an idiot and you text her back congratulating her again and you tell her you love her too. You’re so beyond thrilled for her, you can’t wait to give her another massive hug when you get back to the flat.
You and Matty gather all your belongings and when you untie Mayhem’s lead, you ask your boyfriend, “You ready to go?”
“Yeah.” Matty nods, and before you stand up he leans in to quickly kiss you sweetly. And he makes your heart flutter again when he sincerely says, “Thank you for bringing me here, Sweetheart.”
You’re grinning like a fool in love, “Anytime Curly.”
~*~*~*~ December 10th 2021 ~*~*~*~
“Hey,” You walk into your home and are greeted by the sight of Matty sitting in the lounge with Mayhem now getting out of his bed to come and greet you.
“Hey Wheels,” Matty grins and comes over to give you a hug and a kiss after you finish saying hello to your dog. “You had a nice day?”
“I have, thank you,” You smile, kissing him one more time before throwing your arms around his neck and asking him curiously, “You’re not busy this evening, are you?”
“No?” Your boyfriend answers but you can see the curiosity in his eyes. He tells you, “I was just going to start making our tea, but nothing else.”
“Good, and you don’t need to make tea,” You grin, the plan that you made on your way home seems like it could fall perfectly into place. “I’ve decided we’re going on a date night.”
Matty’s whole face lights up, “Are we now?” and he holds your waist a little tighter as the both of you start swaying a little bit in each other's hold.
“Yeah,” You nod, and you tell him your plan, “I’ve phoned your Mum and she said she’ll look after Mayhem for us whilst we're out, so he’s not on his own all evening. She’s going to have him overnight.”
“Oh nice,” Matty grins, as not having the little cockblocker around when the both of you get back would be nice. It gives the both of you a little more freedom, but your curly haired brunette is mostly just excited to get to spend his evening by your side. He’s missed you with you being at the studio for most of the afternoon.
He can’t help but ask curiously, “Where are we going?”
“I’m going to quite literally make one of your dreams come true.” You’re grinning like a lunatic at him, your cheeks hurt because your smile is so big.
Matty raises his eyebrows, “Oh?” trying to think of what it could be.
You tell him, “We’re going to Winter Wonderland.”
“Oh my god, yes.” Matty’s jaw drops in glee.
“I know it’ll be shit, but it’ll be good night.” You tell him why you thought of it, “I saw a poster on the way home and I thought it would be really cute.”
“It’s going to be the best Wheels because it's us.” Matty assures you, and you believe him because you can feel him start buzzing with excitement in your arms. He grabs your hand and pulls you towards the stairs, “Let's go get ready.”
Denise came about 30 minutes after you told Matty about your plans for your date night and she was happy to look after Mayhem for the both of you. As soon as Denise took him back to hers, you and Matty were also getting in the car to drive yourselves to Hyde Park.
When you get there, instantly you both can’t get the smiles off your faces. The both of you end up going ice skating first of all, and you’re glad the both of you went a fair amount when you were younger because you weren’t really at risk of falling over.
Skateboarding over the years had given the both of you good balance too, so you both thankfully didn’t deck it on the frozen ground. After an hour of the both of you clinging to each other on the ice, the both of you decide to walk round the large fair.
Obviously, the both of you go on the rides that skater the park, the ones that allow adults on anyways. The both of you end up on the Waltzers and other shit fairground rides but the both of you couldn’t get enough of giggling with each other at it.
You pulled each other to random stalls that sold all different kinds of food and the both of you had a feast as you then went and wondered about the Christmas markets. You got Mayhem a few bits from a pet stall, you got all three of you a personalised wooden decoration for your tree to put on when you get back home.
You also ended up getting a few more presents for your friends whilst you were here too. All of these gifts had to be put in a locker when both you and Matty ended up going into a haunted house. It was like a ghost train that was shit but hidden inside was someone dressed up as a skeleton and they jumped out and scared Matty to the point where he hid into you.
It almost made you piss yourself laughing and you couldn’t take the rest of the ride seriously. And that was due to the fact Matty was hiding himself into you trying to calm his heart rate down after that jumpscare.
Thankfully, there were no more scary points in the night. The next thing you ended up doing was going into the fun house which was just next door and you and Matty were grinning like idiots when he whisper sang You’re The One That I Want into your ear.
It brought you right back to being 21 again and experiencing a fun house with him for the first time. You were still just as flirty with each other and it feels even more wholesome than it did back then as you’re entirely in love with each other now, and Matty didn’t fail to remind you as you made your way around.
Both of you made it through the revolving barrel without falling over either and you definitely made your younger selves proud. You got so many cute pictures with each other over the course of the evening, you already couldn’t wait to eventually get them printed out and put up in your home.
But thankfully you were able to get some straight away this evening.
The both of you had just come out of Bar Ice which was really cool because you were served your drinks in cups made from pure ice. The both of you had two drinks in there and you’ve just come back outside to start exploring again and Matty finds something instantly.
The way Matty drags you over to the photobooth that he spotted is probably the fastest he’s ever moved which has you giggling. Not to mention the way he can’t seem to get his card out fast enough to pay for the photos, which has you silently laughing as it's such a stark contrast to the first time you pulled him into one of these.
The first picture taken is the both of you giggling at the camera. The second, Matty cups your jaw as he presses a kiss to your cheek. The third you’re holding his face as you plant a big kiss on his cheek. And for the forth, the both of you are kissing each other and the kiss lasts so much longer than it takes for the picture to be printed.
Because you’re entirely obsessed with each other, you end up getting another 3 strips of pictures as there was thankfully no queue. They are wholesome and sweet and it’s just candids of the two of you interacting and being silly with each other. Some you pose for, others you miss because you’re laughing at what the other just did.
The both of you almost don’t want to leave the booth, but you do to collect your pictures. And after you admire them, there’s only one thing left to do.
You were well aware of the 70 metre high ferris wheel being the main attraction of Winter Wonderland, and you could see the fear in Matty’s eyes as soon as he saw it up close when you were paying your entrance fees. It was always silently agreed that this would be the last event of the evening, and now with nothing left to do, both you and your boyfriend join the back of the queue for the giant wheel.
You can feel Matty’s nerves already and as he looks up at the 70 metre monster, he shakily says, “That’s the biggest fucking thing I’ve ever seen.”
“Are we going on it?” You ask as you try to mute your amused smile, “We don’t have to if you don’t want to.”
And you truly mean it. You won’t make him go on it if he really doesn't want to because it looks horrendously high to you, and you don’t have a fear of heights.
Matty glances at you, and then back to the top of the wheel that is all light up. He takes a deep breath looking at the highest point of it, but he just looks back into your eyes and asks wholesomely, “Will you hold my hand?
Smiling, you promise him, “Of course I will.” and you offer him your hand now.
“I guess I’ve got no excuse then.” Matty makes his decision as he takes your hand and immediately intertwines your fingers together.
Immediately you lift your hands up and kiss the back of his. And when your curly haired brunette looks at you, you tell him, “I’ll keep you safe.”
“Thank you, Wheels.” Matty smiles before he leans towards you to kiss you quickly.
It’s an anxious 20 minute wait in the queue before the both of you get into your own little cabin and the wheel starts moving. It’s a slow incline as everyone is getting on and off so it frequently stops to give you more time on and more of the stunning views.
Matty’s hand is firmly gripping yours, your fingers intertwined and he’s not letting you go at all, which you don’t mind about. You still find him utterly adorable that he will face one of his biggest fears to see you happy.
You can’t help but joke about it, “You must be so down bad for me if you have one of these tattooed on you, but they scare you as much as they clearly do.”
Matty chuckles a little at that, trying to rid his anxiety and just focus on you instead of the ground getting further and further away from you both. Matty’s brown eyes are looking into your gorgeous ones when he confirms, “I’ve always been down bad for you, that’s never going to change.”
You cheeks get hotter hearing that like he’s just told you he fancies you for the first ever time. And you can’t help but find it funny how he makes your heart beat rapidly in your chest when he’s doing nothing but be his gorgeous self.
The feeling of Matty’s gaze on you as you take in the views around you makes you warm inside. And once you’re near the top of the wheel, you give his hand another reassuring squeeze and you kiss him to keep him distracted.
You’ve just had a silent minute, other than you pointing views out to him that you don’t know if he’ll actually look at because you’re so high off the ground. He surprises you though by getting up from his seat just before the both of you reach the top.
He stands you up with him and he makes you take a selfie of the both of you at the top with the incredible view of the city lights below you. And you tease him by calling him your brave boy for somehow managing to not look petrified in the picture.
Your boyfriend shuts you up with a kiss though, which you happily let him do and after you put your phone back in your pocket, you give him your full attention. The sweet kiss only breaks when Matty speaks up.
“Do you remember me telling you that the first place I knew I was in love with you was when we were on that ferris wheel?” Your curly haired brunette asks softly.
You nod, remembering that night in lockdown vividly. That knowledge made you love your ferris wheel tattoo that the both of you have on your ankles even more than you already did.
“I expected that over a decade later I would still love you, but I didn’t know I would love you so much more at the top of this one, Wheels.” Matty professes his love for you again and it makes your heart swell with all the love you have for him.
But then the man you love drops to one knee in front of you, surprising you entirely.
Your curly haired brunette is grinning up at you when he asks, “Wheels, Sweetheart, please marry me?” and he pulls an engagement ring in a box out of his pocket and offers it to you.
“Yes,” You find yourself half giggling in surprise as you answer him. You nod, “Of course I’ll marry you.”
And Matty jumps back up so his lips can find yours again before you can fully process the moment. But you pour your heart out into it regardless.
You hope to every God that Matty can tell just how much you love him by pouring your feelings into this kiss. Words never seem like enough but kissing him in this moment feels like you’re connected on an entirely different level.
The way your chest aches for him, the way your heart beats for him, every ounce of love you have for him you hope he can feel. Because you can feel just how much he loves you, and his excitement because he picks you up and spins the both of you around which has you giggling again.
Matty puts you down after a few seconds, and the first thing he does is get the ring out of the box and put it on your left ring finger. It’s a stunning ring, and it's what you always imagined him giving to you one day. He got it spot on and from the look on his face, he knows he has.
You look back up at your fiance and you let out something of a giggle as your eyes tear up a little. Matty’s are the same, the both of you so unbelievably happy in this moment that you don’t have the words to explain it.
“I want to marry you as soon as possible, okay?” Matty chuckles, his voice a little choked up as he reminds you, “I’ve been waiting long enough, I can’t wait any longer.”
You giggle and nod, agreeing with him entirely. And your fingers root up into his curls as you look into his eyes and make sure he knows, “I love you so much, Curly.”
“I love you so so so much more, Wheels.” Matty grins before he cups your cheeks and leans back down to kiss you sweetly.
He always has and he always will, because from the very first moment he ever saw you, he’s been in love with you. Everything feels better when the two of you are together.
You’re his Sweetheart, his Wheels, and he will be your Curly until the very end.
~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
A/N: Thank you so so much to everyone who has stuck with me as I’ve been writing this fic. It really means a lot and I really hope you enjoyed the story and Wheels and Matty’s ending! Their story doesn’t really stop here… I mentioned a surprise that you’d all shout at me about and the surprise is that a small part of Matty and Wheels ending has been posted on my main account since before I ever posted the first part of NRIACC (told you you’d shout at me lol)… That little oneshot Good Boy is a little extra part of their ending that I hope you can read/reread now and enjoy a little more.
Anyway, just want to again say a huge thank you for sticking with my mental story and I really really hope you enjoyed the ending x
Note: Alex and Ella’s story in a different universe can be read now! Constant Repeat by @alovesreading is out now and it’s incredible. A doesn’t know I’ve written Ella into this ending so I’m waiting for her to have a breakdown (she will, I know her too well at this point lol) but I really hope you enjoy Ella and Alex’s story as much as you’ve enjoyed reading this! (I love a multiverse and there’s also a different Alex fic of mine hidden in this chapter that will be my next long fic, Nightmare. But I’m having a break for a while but I will be back at some point, I promise x)
Taglist: @psychkunox @sofiaaraee @thewheeler @cold-hands-cold-eyesss @xovalliegirlxo @vroboat @hoodskillerqueen @woahhealy @emmaheg1005 @belledawnidk @elen-alambil @megann-duff @alexsvacuumcleaner @bshelley322 @g0thwat3rr @cassieinnit @ohmyolympusssywp @filling-thevoid @xqueenkt @indierock4ever @amturners @alovesreading
#matty healy x reader#alex turner x reader#matty x reader#alex x reader#matty healy#alex turner#matty healy fanfic#alex turner fanfic#matty healy fanfiction#alex turner fanfiction#the 1975#arctic monkeys#george daniel#matt helders#adam hann#jamie cook#ross macdonald#nick o'malley#miles kane
154 notes
·
View notes
Note
Your rant is so spot on. Like apparently people recognised the back of his head in a photo, which is WILD to me. The song speculation shit is so stupid too, like paternity testing songs goes nowhere. Mixed muses (people/times/experiences/books/etc) are a thing, nuance is such a lost art
first, anon i want i say thank you for this bc i was kinda frightened to post that rant but really wanted it out there.
second, recognizing him from the back of his head is absolutely wild work. and song speculation is so freaking unnecessary. there's no reason! i keep saying this but really, if he did write a song abt someone in his life, who cares? it doesn't change anything, y'know? the song is still out there. its not like its a whole new song one you find out its about a stranger (which July is not!)
also this brings me to a point i've been meaning to talk about: NOT 👏 EVERY👏 SONG👏 IS 👏 AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL 👏. STOP 👏 ASSUMING 👏 THEY 👏 ARE 👏. not every artist sits down and writes a song 100% about themselves. for example, too sweet, arguably his most popular song rn, is not from his perspective and is not about him! which is a very common thing. a non-hozier example is betty by taylor swift. it's about a 17 year old boy asking his gf for forgiveness. last time i checked taylor swift is not a 17 year old boy asking his gf for forgiveness.
tldr: Some of yall are creeps, speculating who a song is about is weird, and not every song is actually about the person singing. or about a person in general.
if you read this AND my initial rant, ty, you deserve a medal or something
#hozier#folkloreposting#man i love hozier#andrew hozier byrne#the rant pt 2 electric boogaloo#bc some of yall are wild#i thought i was psycho for checking the setlist each night#im still mad about this
9 notes
·
View notes
Note
I don't really blame you for trying to give Annie a chance in the past. I think your generosity and willingness to be open-minded got fucked over and taken advantage of big time by her. But if I may push back a little on something?
I think it's actually kind of important not to validate her claims of having POCD. It's not doing any favors to people who actually struggle with that. While I don't personally have this that specific subtype of OCD myself, I do have moral scrupulosity OCD and there is enough overlap that it just... does not sit right with me.
Annie has credible accusations of endangering and preying on minors. Even if she wants to backpeddle on admitting to being a MAP, she has facilitated other MAPs in being able to do harm. I've known people with POCD, and they do not do these things. They're irrationally terrified of somehow accidentally harming kids in such a way, to the point that most activately avoid talking to or being around them at all.
Morality-based OCD is driven by feelings of guilt at its core. Annie doesn't seem to feel guilt about anything she's done. All she does is beckpeddle and find ways to blame other people for her fucked up her actions. There's zero accountability.
I read the entire article she wrote after her confession to being a MAP was leaked. All it did was make her look worse. Infact, she admits several paragraphs after her POCD claim that everything she'd written up to that point (presumably including the POCD claim) was a cover story, and then changed the narrative to saying that the 19y/o Nazi pedophile she was friends with just convinced her she was a MAP. And she conveniently only realized this after said friend turned on her and leaked the confession.
I don't buy it. The whole thing is a load of bullshit and half-truths/outright lies, like everything else she writes. I believe she's a pedophile who has endangered kids. And frankly, I don't think resisting urges to molest and rape kids deserves any special credit anyway?? It's not "strong and brave", it's the bare minimum of human decency. She doesn't get a special medal for that, no matter what she's been through in the past.
I support truly non-offending pedophiles being able to get real help without persecution, but this shit is why I will never trust someone who calls themselves a MAP even if they claim to be "non-offending". Using a label meant to make being a pedophile sound less bad, and seeking out others like them to congregate into online communities and discuss their depraved fantasies - that isn't seeking help. It's irresponsible at best and outright dangerous at worst.
Sorry for the big rant, but yeah. Fuck you, Annie like actually. You're a disgusting person.
Thank you for your thoughtful perspective, anon. There’s a reason I removed the POCD bit from my final draft: I learned more about it and realized I’d been wrong.
The image she’d convinced me of at the time may have fit that label in some ways, but what I’ve learned since… well, let’s just say that the idea of it being a “support group” sort of environment rapidly faded. I can’t even imagine what it���s turned into at this point, considering what she’s become publicly. Her BlueSky account alone… ugh.
Honestly, I’ve never read that second article. By that point, my connection to her was already tangential and I was busy with my own situation. I don’t doubt your conclusions, though, and I respect and appreciate the fact that you took the time to properly check out her side of the story.
And I agree: fuck you, Annie. Completely.
I regret ever giving my good faith to someone like you.
Trust me, it won’t happen again.
5 notes
·
View notes
Text
Y’know what annoys me? Most Trivia Murder Party fans. If you feel like you belong in the most category and/or feel like you’re going to be attacked by reading this: please do not read further, this isn’t designed to be an attack on anyone, but i do not sugarcoat my feelings one bit ether. Now for the rest of you who are interested in reading out my very long vent about my distain for the fandom’s babification of TMP & TMP 2: click “Keep reading” instead. (But be warned: my words are venomous to the ill prepared.)
Now this isn’t talking about ALL of them: i mean for starters, i have no qualms with the majority of Russian Trivia Murder Party fans, since they actually stay quite true to the themes of the source material, i’m talking about the actual children who take this game that’s themed around horror and death and turn it into a children’s show!
Like the amount of poll vaulting these children do with their headcannons to remove everything that’s scary or even SLIGHTLY violent about the Trivia Murder Party series deserves an Olympic medal. There’s a joke about masturbating in a cemetery for Pete’s sake! The “not family friendly” tag is there for a reason.
I mean not only do they infantilize the host, turning them from a quirky individual who can be incredibly threatening when they want to be to just “uwu stabby stabby”, but they also somehow manage to infantilize the VICTIMS! Y’know, the voodoo dolls that are meant to represent you, the player behind the phone?
And i mean i have nothing against giving the victims a little personality, but like...god these guys treat The Jester like they are an actual infant! If i was shot everytime i saw a “Jeter likes cheese” post; it’d be a miracle if i was still alive! And why do you guys ship them with The Sheriff of all victims?!? I just don’t get that, never did and probably never will. Not to mention how much they downplay some victims like Lust, Pride, Gluttony or Despair, to the point where they don’t even resemble their sins anymore!
Now let me tell you about these headcannons. First of all: the whole “they get turned into the dolls” pisses me off SO MUCH! Every time i see this happen, it just RUINS my enjoyment then and there. The only reason why these kids even headcannon this is because acknowledging the fact that whenever a doll get’s shot, or stabbed, or thrown into a blender: there’s supposed to be a human that’s getting mystically mangled like the doll! And since any blood whatsoever is too scary for them to handle, they would rather turn people into dolls or completely remove the voodoo from voodoo doll. Because god forbit a piece of media run by a serial killer have blood!
And don’t get me started on the shit-show that is Schmitty X [REDACTED]. The amount of hurdles these babies jump to justify that this is a healthy relationship and not abusive stockholm syndrome is frankly disgusting. Now it’s one thing to base your ship entirely around the original Trivia Murder Party, where they are just friends and shipping them wouldn’t be problematic. And it’s another thing to ship them and make it an abusive one. But...god...god these kids are so insistent that ether
A. It’s all fake, and that the trauma Schmitty is going through is just coincidental (which i find to be a copout that does not make sense, especially if you add the fact that they believe YDKJ: FS’s ETS is fully real [which i’ve already made a post about my gripes with that]).
B. He forgave him after realizing that it was his friend who kidnapped and tortured him for actual years (which is much worse).
C. TMP Killer kidnapped him because they were attracted to him (which is not only significantly more worse, but also what the fuck are you implying with that).
Or D. All of the above (which does not make ANY sense and violently contradicts itself).
I don’t get why these kids want to back Schmitty up in a love corner with Cookie Masterson & the Trivia Murder Party killer, when cutting him out and shipping “Murderson” instead is infinitely better! (No i do not ship Cookie X [REDACTED], if you were wondering; i’m just pointing out the obvious).
I mean where’s the violence? The angst you guys love so much?! What’s stopping you from drawing gore of the series that’s just BEGGING for it?!?! It seriously reminds me of the Creepypasta fandom or the Five Night’s at Freddy’s fandom, but at least with those two: i can actually FIND gore and angst about it! I have 3.81 GB of JUST Trivia Murder Party content stored in my Fun & Games drive, and barely ANY of it has even the SLIGHEST bit of blood or the MODICUM of angst!
Honestly i just wish that these children would grow up and start making some content that’s actually true to the source material of the game they claim to love so much.
#tw: words lased with venom#vent#Jackbox games#the jackbox party pack 3#trivia murder party#not for the faint of heart
17 notes
·
View notes
Note
I discovered TGB on AO3 last week and read through all of Part I and Part II of TGB and the Interlude in the the span of about 48 hours. It reminded me of my middle school tearing-through-books-in-an-afternoon phase and I was both delighted and a bit heartbroken when I got caught up - delighted to have ingested the whole story so far and heartbroken that I have to wait to read more!
I started leaving comments at some point during Part II but they weren't very detailed so I'm coming into your inbox to scream about all the things I enjoyed. Hope you don't mind!
First of of all, your pacing and the timing of your story beats is wonderful. The narrative has a satisfying tempo, if that makes sense. The push-and-pull of tension and release, of when good and bad things happen to the characters, is timed very well and feels extremely satisfying.
Luca and Robert's character arcs are so satisfying and so different from each other! I really like the thing where you narrate some scenes from both of their perspectives or change perspective mid-chapter so we see a scene from both their perspectives. I love how much legitimate mis-communication and struggle to connect there is because of Luca's trauma and conditioning, and I love seeing both of them fight for each other anyway.
You're really, really good at inserting characters into the background and then drawing them out bit by bit as they become more important and our main characters learn more about them. Ged is my favorite example of this. I love how he starts out as just a gladiator in the area who improbably survives and gradually gets more and more developed as he gets closer to Luca and then to Robert. It's like watching a picture come into focus. (To go on a bit of a rabbit trail about Ged: I was convinced he was going to die. So. Many. Times. during the story and watching him survive instead and actually get to have some agency was one of my favorite parts of the story! I really hope he gets to talk with Luca at some point in the future and that they can work out some of their mutual guilt towards each other.)
The way you did the same thing with Doran and Asher were also particularly good. But honestly all the side characters are incredible - it seems like they're all fully fleshed out people with their own stories and hopes and fears, no matter how much or how little of those inner worlds we get to see. There are also some characters who were extremely striking and memorable even without lots of internal development, like Tam and Silva.
Also the amount of characters who are morally gray, conflicted, or otherwise extremely contradictory is so satisfying. The whole story is morally complicated in a really good way, and a very respectful way I think.
I could also go on and on about how much I enjoy your prose style and the way you describe environments and people, to say nothing of your worldbuilding!
Thank you for sharing your writing with us! I'm so glad I got the chance to read it. I know I'll be coming back to re-read soon.
WOW WOW WOW this was lovely to receive (as were your comments!). You've picked up on so many aspects of the story that I enjoy writing (trauma, memorable side characters) and really struggle with (fckn pacing), and it is so wonderful to hear that these elements were successful for you. Also reading the ENTIRE thing in 2 days -- you deserve a medal for valor and fortitude. <3
8 notes
·
View notes
Note
You deserve a medal for trying to read Circe. I could not get through it. Even as a "hate-read". Make sure to take mental health breaks for that book as I believe that book can actually cause people to fry their brains from anger/pain.
THANK YOU SM
I was really insecure about my reading process as l read the book very rarely but now l don't
Because it's not my fault the book is not able to make me entertained while reading it
I'm not currently reading it, I'm reading other things and don't think l will ever pick up the book again. Sorry not sorry
But the thing that pisses me off the most is that it had potential (the whole "We need Circe for the birth of the Minotaur!" is genius ngl) but the poor writing and the need to be "feminist" ruined it.
#circe rant#circe book#circe madeline miller#circe goddess#circe#greek mythology#greek myths#greek myth#anon ask#anon
5 notes
·
View notes
Note
Your writing is pretty good (and hot) despite never feeling the touch of a man lmao. Sometimes all it takes is a lil imagination and using all the previously read smut as a template of sorts.
Tho I have to say as someone who both has sex and has written smut the funniest thing to add in are lil tidbits of personal experiences without anyone knowing. I was in the middle of a fic and I just rewrote the entire pussyeating scene cus I learned how to eat someone out. Tho having the characters praise one another for my own techniques does feel like the obama giving himself a medal meme.
LMAO THE OBAMA MEME 😭
thanks tho it it means alot ❤️ my biggest fear is that sound like a 13 year old on wattpad when i write smut.
i have to base everything off of what ive read and watched so i basically never write from experience which i hateeee.
i love it when people put really random descriptions in their work especially smutttt. it’d be something so small that lowkey makes the whole scene better and i never to thatttt. cause I’ll try and kind be like ‘bro ion think anyone would actually do that’ 💀
but totally get you w that pussy eating thing. you deserve a medal fs bro ✊
3 notes
·
View notes
Note
Okay, so basic rundown: Arcane is now canon. I think Riot is moving away from short stories to explore other mediums. Don’t quote me on this, I just know the broad strokes and I’m sure someone can explain better.
mkay im dumb i always thought that Arcane was canon? like it was nonsensical once you put it together with the league of legends lines but HAHA im ringing my 'im stupid' bell. see this is why you shouldnt listen to anything i say i have no motives-
they are moving away from the short stories??? woah thats... a pity, actually. Im not the type of person that reads a lot of them but i normally do of characters i like and care about. I know Milio is not that recent anymore, but his short story felt heartwarming and very nice to read. It also had some illustrations.
I dont understand why would they do that. I assume that by other mediums they probably mean audiovisuals like teasers or something like that, maybe audio stories like Legends of Bilgewater or whatever the name was, i cant remember correctly. Wich it isnt bad its just... dissapointing they would say that they want to move away. If there's going to be comics like then i would be uttterly dissapointed but hey, at least i would be happy they're giving a job to writers and artists, they very much deserve and need it.
its saddening i just dont undertsand why they would take down a feature most people like about the characters they are interested on...? bruh
dont worry i wont quote you on this one but i will say that if all of this turns out to be just like that, i wouldnt be not even a bit surprised. Its no secret Riot has been ruining and pissing over their own characters re writting them and fixing shit that never needed to be repaired by starters and making the whole lore more confusing and nonsensical with a bunch of plot holes, wich i assume is going to happen if they make Arcane canon. This has been like this for almost 5 or more years, the lore keeps getting worse and worse and the only things that mattered to fandom will dissapear if all this turns true.
the whole 'guys but look we got a new CEO and we SWEAR he's amazing!' its getting hard to read at this point because a macro company is trying to sell us that this guy is going to improve everything with just a finger, like if thats going to stop or even reconsider the oversexualization of female characters, objetification and the plainest of characters coming out of their hands getting worse and worse as the lore is tearing apart and the community is a fire pit with the worst incel playerbase i have ever seen.
The way they phrased one of the tweets about this new CEO in the past being the backbone of the Pride events made me wheeze cause the way it was written made me imagine the guy entering the meeting like 'hey guys you know homosexuals exists? we should do something about it' as if it was a medal to have a pride event when its the leastest shit you can do for a game at this point. At least make good lgtbq+ stories instead of selling the exact same icons for years and sweeping trans taliyah under the rug. God i hate this company and its writing.
see? things where better when institute of war was there. they are just a bunch of guys hanging out in empty space. fuck it that rocks
0 notes
Text
Act 3 - Bad Boy Portrait (pt3)
Chapter 24
Banri just straight up following Juza to practice at five in the fucking morning sure is proof of how much he wants this all, and also of the fact that he may or may not admire Juza
kdsbfhbdv i love Sakyo so much
i want Luciano’s coat so bad y’all
Yuki really went off with all the Picaresque outfits i think (to no one’s surprise) they’re my fave from the first plays
they’re all such little shits to Sakyo and i love that so much nothing like bonding through teasing
skdvbdfhb i love how they just… assume that Yuki got Sakoda to bring him actual guns the “bad boy” troupe assumed that a middle schooler used Yakuza ties to get guns that sure says something about how they see Yuki
that that sounds kinda hot ngl
oh that scene is coming
good for you, Taichi, show people your skills
Juza why are you so cute ;w;
aw come on, pogs are not THAT old my classmates were all obsessed with them in elementary school
there it is
honestly i can’t blame Banri? he legit just wanted to try out a thing and it worked, it’s not like he did it with any intention to shame Taichi or anything
and yeah it’s normal for Taichi to be upset about it but… you can’t blame Banri for… being good at picking up things?
that said, i wanna fight Banri for tangentially related reasons
THE BUBBLE WRAP i smiled so wide as soon as i read bubble wrap
i love Sakyo so much he’s too cute
ooooh second threat letter
i think i just noticed a pattern with these, the letters arrive in the same chapter of + a scene or two after Taichi is made feel inferior in some way or another first with Yuki calling him teeny and now with Banri and the yoyo thing
Chapter 25
oh oof i’d forgotten about the mention of prank calls i wonder how that went
Juza still sounds so stiff i can’t help but feel endeared
i deserve a medal for my self restraint and not making a joke about that line /j THEY’VE REPEATED THIS LINE SO MANY TIMES I’M GONNA SCREAM
Juza not being ashamed about needing extra practice is amazing
OKAY I’D COMPLETELY FORGOTTEN ABOUT THIS SCENE BUT NOW I’M WONDERING HOW THE FUCK I COULD FORGET ABOUT IT? yeah, Banri teased Juza about needing extra practice but he also stayed there to watch him and began helping him out? this is the first time Banri acts like a troupe leader and it’s to help Juza out of all things
ah well, no one said it was gonna be a smooth change for these two heh they’re still trying though, despite butting heads
heheh flustered Banri he’s so tsun
doesn’t matter why you’re doing it, Banri, you’re still helping Juza
ah yes, the Hyodo curse of not catching what Banri says when he’s being vulnerable
i love these two so much it’s crazy they really push each other to be their best selves
ooh Taichi being suspicious~
and Omi catching him~
Chapter 26
ldjvndjfv i’d forgotten they had decided this with rock-paper-scissors
man i feel bad for Banri and Juza having to pass the flyers ngl they got to be the scarier looking duo
Juza and Banri getting attention just by fighting will never not be funny to me
LMAO I HAD FORGOTTEN ABOUT THESE LINES
oh here it comes
ngl i had also forgotten that those dudes only approached after Banri left which… pretty cowardly if i say so myself
Juza getting angry when Banri’s old… acquaintances? begin talking shit about him is so important to me he’s come such a long way in terms of how much he respects him
oh i am feeling things over act 3 / ep 11 now…
aaaaaaaah i’m getting so emo Juza letting others hurt him just so he won’t damage Mankai’s rep is so ;-;
and there goes Banri to defend Juza ;w;
something something they both act not to defend themselves but to defend the other
and once again, Juza only speaking up to stand up for Banri
this whole scene is so so so so so good, i love it
these two care about each other and you can’t tell me otherwise
AZUNEE TO THE RESCUE
heheh i love how both are so “no we’re not friends” after literally fighting for the other
NO AZUMA YOU’VE BEEN ON THE SCREEN FOR LIKE 10 SECONDS HOW ARE YOU MAKING ME EMO ALREADY STOP THAT
this is the best possible intro to Azuma i can imagine
Chapter 27
with just two plays down, Mankai’s doing so well already they’re no longer struggling to sell all tickets heh
also i’m so so so appreciative of Banri’s change framed through the phrase “Eh, it’ll work out” again, but with him saying he’ll put in the work this time around
i love how now it’s both Banri and Juza taking in absolutely everything Izumi says into consideration, not just Juza
oh it’s this part
man
okay but how and when did Taichi get the time to rip all the costumes so badly?
oh Yuki i’m so sorry you have to see this
i love how much Banri values Yuki’s work right from the start
and also how protective Juza is of the troupe
hell yeah Yuki, you go
i love how ready to help Sakyo is with Yuki like yeah they have their budget battles and all but he knows how much the kid’s work is worth and he’ll help him and the troupe however he can
i love how the entire troupe (minus Taichi but y’know) is dead set in making it through despite the setbacks, and ready to help however they can
Chapter 28
aaaand they did it!
i’m SO glad that Izumi’s emphasising the well being of the actors over rehearsal and yeah i know she always does this but it’s always such a nice and welcome thing to read
i mean… that IS a thing that happens talking from experience here
mmmm hearing them sleep made me sleepy (yeah even Juza’s snores)
Sakyo don’t you wanna catch some sleep too?
skjbv SAKYO SO MEAN
you can’t fool me tho, you care about your troupe, old man, that smile says everything
maaan Taichi’s trying real hard and to no avail huh? i know he’s the saboteur rn but i can’t help but feel for him because… “trying real hard and to no avail” is pretty much a constant in his life pre-Mankai, so it must suck to have that happen when trying to do things for others too
oh Sakyo KNOWS
Chapter 29
heheh finger gun incoming
Sakyo do NOT bring real guns into the theatre, please
oh no, Sakyo i do love the detail that it’s him, not Juza, who freezes, even though Juza is the one who needs the pistol prop i think it goes to show just how much Sakyo’s worrying about this all and how much he cares about this
JUZA TO THE RESCUE huh this seems to be a Hyodosaka trend
i love Juza so much, now that he’s got his shot, he’s not gonna let anything stop him from shining up on the stage
also the fact that they managed to make do with pantomiming shows how skilled they’ve become as actors
Chapter 30
Sakoda’s a life saver
it’s okay Juza, dw, your finger gun worked well enough and you were the only one to come up with an alternative to not having the props so you’re good
i do wanna highlight Juza’s improv and quick thinking skills, not everyone can act so fast on their feet AND pull something like the finger gun off so like huge props to Juza, he’s the bestest boy
would you look at that, Banri’s agreeing with giving credit to Juza
aaaaaaaaah this scene here we go
Sakyo my dear, you’re being too harsh on yourself one mistake doesn’t erase all the hard work and effort and dedication you’ve put to this
fuck i’m so emo
the way Sakyo allows mistakes from everyone, even from Banri, but thinks that one slip of his makes him not worthy of the stage he’s so unfair to himself i’m crying
IZUMI SPEECH TIME
i love her perspective on acting so much, and the way she just knows how to help others is amazing
i’m so glad she’s walking him through all he’s done to show him that yeah, he does deserve being there
yEAH THANK YOU IZUMI
ah…
i love how Izumi knows how to talk to different actors like how with Tenma she was more kind and lighthearted, but now with Sakyo she’s more serious and direct and a bit more imposing
Izumi why don’t you apply this to yourself too
this line is sosososo good it is forever etched in my brain
Chapter 31
i love the akigumi dynamic so much (it reminds me of my fencing place lol)
rivalries and competition bringing the best out of everyone involved my beloved
GO OFF OLD MAN
oh Taichi…
SAKYO’S ONTO HIM
oh no that CG is coming
i’d forgot how much i hated Reni back then holy shit
maaaaaaaan the CG and voice acting combination sure is a punch to the gut
huge props to Omi for keeping his composure and allowing Taichi to let it all out
Omi ily but you’re putting too much weight on your shoulders
Chapter 32
ngl i’m glad to see how the other three don’t forgive Taichi immediately and instead they warm up to things slowly It’s much more realistic and it shows more of Taichi’s character than what we’ve seen in these 30 previous chapters
the voice acting is so good here
Omimi, please, it really isn’t your fault, you’re not responsible for what your troupemates do or don’t do
Banri you theatre nerd you
ugh i love how much Banri Understood when he watched the portraits, not just about his troupemates but about the assignment itself and about showing oneself on stage
huh i hadn’t noticed the use of the word detached to describe Omi here… that’s an odd descriptor for him
i love how Banri took this moment of vulnerability from Taichi and didn’t let him be alone in it, so he mentioned sharing his own portrait too
BANRI SOFT SMILE AGAIN
and, once again, i love how he is not leaving Taichi alone with this and putting himself on the line as well, it must be comforting
damn, Banri’s really grown so much as a leader already i feel like i have to fight him now to feel normal again
i know i’m talking a lot about Banri during Taichi’s crucial scenes and i’m sorry but he’s just my brain’s chewtoy
ough this line is so much something something each artist brings something uniquely theirs to the table and that’s one of the most beautiful parts of art
Chapter 33
ngl i don’t have as many comments on his portrait as with the others so… sorry about that
“natural charisma” is a funny way to describe Tenma almost right after seeing him be a complete spoilt brat for half of natsu arc
mayhaps knowing about Tenma freezing up and his mistakes would help Taichi bc rn he has him on a pedestal that not even the real Tenma can achieve
i AM glad that despite only getting small roles, Taichi didn’t give up on acting
Reni really made himself dislikeable back then
it’s a nice touch that Taichi didn’t agree immediately, and only did so after being offered the spotlight
something something stepping on others just to prop yourself up
THE COMMENT ABOUT BEING GLAD THAT JUZA’S AROUND JUST SO HE CAN FEEL BETTER THAN SOMEONE HURTS SO BAD
see, i would love to comfort Taichi, but i do kinda agree that this is not just something that one can forgive and act like it was nothing
that said, that’s where second chances come in, and i’m glad Mankai gave Taichi one
Chapter 34
i wonder if Banri’d been thinking about how he’d do a real portrait for long before this, i kinda get the impression that he has
I am so emo about Banri Settsu
Omimi please, you’re asking too much of yourself
i love love love competitiveness as a source for growth (no shit Cam, your combat sport club is your found family)
why does Banri sound so soft here wtf illegal
Banri and Juza asking Taichi to decide where he belongs instead of forcing any option on him is so important to me, it makes it so the responsibility of going back is on him
oh so THIS is the start of protective Banri huh?
and Juza jumping in too <3 i love him so much
huh while Banri, Juza and Sakyo are angry at Godza and dissing them, Omi chooses to reassure Taichi about Mankai i think that’s very telling of Omi and how he is still suppressing the angry parts of him
HELL YEAH AKIGUMI LEADER (pretend i’m not crying over Banri’s growth here please and thank you)
wait was that was that just now the origin of taigoose? I’M SORRY I KNOW THIS IS AN EMOTIONAL MOMENT AND I AM EMOTIONAL BUT I THINK I JUST HEARD THE ORIGIN OF TAIGOOSE AND THAT BROUGHT BACK SO MANY MEMORIES
aaaaaaaaaaaaah THIS SCENE I’M NOT READY FOR THIS SCENE
OKAY BUT BANRI CONFIDING IN JUZA JUST LIKE THAT ABOUT NOT BEING ABLE TO SLEEP IS SO CUTE?
Banri pays so much attention to Juza at this point already ;w;
sorry, Juza, i’m with Banri in this one your snoring, adorable as it is, is louder
AND NOW JUZA’S THE ONE TO PICK THE CONVERSATION BACK UP EVEN AFTER SHUTTING BANRI UP
do you think Juza praising Banri’s portrait made Banri feel something like a victory but not quite? i talked about this with Yuq a while ago but like Banri looks up to Juza in a way or another, otherwise he wouldn’t consider him a rival so having someone he looks up to praise him in the area where he admires him… it must mean something, right?
once again, competitiveness as a source of growth my beloved
THESE LINES! THESE LINES! IT’S ALWAYS YOU THAT GETS ME FIRED UP
ahem sorry. i’m normal again.
aaaaand the Hyodo curse strikes again sorry, Banri
Chapter 35
Reni.
i love how both Tasuku and Haruto are there but their demeanors are so different
aaaand Taichi’s bodyguards come to the rescue!
i will never get enough of Banri being soft
the conversation between Godza is so interesting
we see both the different approaches to theatre (as an unhealthy competition vs as something to love) and the fact that Tasuku, the current top actor, was not in the know (possibly because Reni could tell what his reaction was gonna be) so Tasuku must’ve felt doubly betrayed here, both by what Reni was doing and by Haruto knowing while he was kept in the dark
and this was the moment i decided i loved Tasuku
Chapter 36
THE CHAPTER TITLE
Juza’s acting has come so far already (huge props to TakeP for portraying all the subtle changes through time with his voice)
SAKYO ADLIBS ARE THE BEST
villain Omi so hot
Izumi saying what’s on my mind
WHY IS THE LUCIANO-LANSKY BANTER MAKING ME SO EMOTIONAL
i love them
HIGH FIVE CGGGGGGG
THEY’VE COME SO FAAAAAAAAAAAR
skdbchsbvkdbfv Sakyo please
Chapter 37
Muku my beloved
I’M SO SO SO PROUD OF JUZA FOR BEING THE ONE WHO TELLS EVERYONE ABOUT THEM BEING COUSINS! HE’S FINALLY PROUD OF HIMSELF! ENOUGH TO ADMIT THAT!
i am so emo about the HyodoSakas
KUMOPI MENTION
Banri please don’t try to fight Kumon
the way i perk up as soon as Citron is on the screen
skdbvhfdv ITARU COME ON
Sakoda my beloved
he’s the best i love him so much
come on, Sakyo, accept the love from Sakoda, you deserve it
i’m so glad Taichi owned up to what he did to Yuki’s work, and didn’t let Omi defend him or anything (pls Omimi…)
Yuki’s reaction is the most appropriate i can think of while still being extremely kind
Taichi-Tenma rivalry means so much to me ;w;
AZUNEE!
Chapter 38
SCREAMING SAKYO AND IZUMI ARE SO SO SO IMPORTANT TO EACH OTHER’S DEVELOPMENT! THEY WOULDN’T BE HERE IF IT WASN’T FOR THE OTHER
the hair rustling is so cute ;w;
SAKYO COME ON
i love Sakyo’s lectures so much
Reni is so funny
TSUMU IS HERE
AAAAAAAAAH THE TASUKU TSUMUGI CONVERSATION HURTS SO MUCH
AAAAAND THERE WE GO!
continuing with my A3! re-read, this week it was time for
Act 3 - Bad Boy Portrait (pt1)
this re-read really solidified their arc as my fave, i apologise in advance for how long this is gonna be
warnings: i will vaguely discuss violence this time around, as well as call Banri names (i show my love for him that way)
Chapter 1
aight here we go two words in and i’m already overwhelmed with feelings
i am normal about Banri Settsu i swear
can’t bring myself to press play because i am having so many feelings already
deep breaths deep breaths
this is totally not stirring any emotion inside me wdym
i don’t think i’d paid that much attention to his voice back when i first read this but whew he sounds so… dead inside when he’s narrating all this? like there’s no emotion to it but there’s some sort of… heaviness in it? that we don’t normally hear in Banri now that i know the context behind the portraits, i am trying to pay attention to (and understand) the tone because Banri’s acting this monologue out, the voice and every word are intentional so he’s most likely portraying how he felt about all this with his voice and i’m feeling things (don’t take this at face value, i’m not good at understanding tone)
ah these lines [comment redacted bc i still have got some self respect tyvm]
oh this bitch is so depressed
the way that a mention of Juza Hyodo is what changed Banri’s life but also what immediately made me perk up and smile
the way Banri makes a point to say that he’s not “buddy-buddy” with… basically anyone pre-Mankai is really telling about his own loneliness but also about his not wanting to change that loneliness
he really sounds so dead inside, more so when he’s acting out his lines of dialogue, i can’t
“a quick hunt” is such an interesting choice of words it reveals so much about his expectations of this fight (it was gonna be quick and ofc easy) and about how he was so sure he was gonna be the winner, but also about how he’s the one seeking this whole thing out in a completely one-sided way and how this “hunt” continued into Mankai and still seeped into Banri and Juza’s early relationship
ah yes, the exchange that started my own obsession with this fucker i’d say more about this but i’d just be quoting myself here so uhhhh yeah
okay i did NOT point this out in my essay but now i’m thinking about it and his explicit use of the word alone (i’m pretty sure i heard a hitori there) is making me feel like that’s important something something the fact that he’s alone with the incapacity of understanding himself and how that means it’s harder for him to process… himself? Maybe? i don’t wanna get ahead of myself but i’m kinda connecting this to my “‘til this moment i never knew myself” pseudo essay on the impact of Juza’s portrait in Banri, he NEEDS the company and coaxing of Izumi and to see Juza’s portrait, to see his foil as he is, until Banri can finally start to figure himself out or maybe i’m just reading too much into a single word but hey, who am i if not the person who reads too much into anything and everything Banri?
the smug ass smile i just gave with Banri’s loss
not me getting all smiley and giggly at just hearing Juza
I SHOULD NOT BE ACTING THIS SMUG AT A COUPLE LINES BUT JUST READING ABOUT HIS DEFEAT AND THOUGHTS ABOUT IT MAKES ME FEEL SO EXCITED BECAUSE THIS BITCH HAS NO IDEA OF WHAT’S ABOUT TO COME
yeah well what’d you expect dude? for him to keep fighting you despite not being able to move? or what else were you hoping for? the fight’s done lmao
there’s a first time for everything also no one can’t tell me that the taste of defeat is not important to Banri, not just because it led him to Mankai and blablabla we all know the rest, but because it showed to him that there was more to life, more to experience and more to live in general
yeah his obsession with beating Juza kinda proves my point… the two weeks it took him to heal he finally had something to look forward to, fucked up as it was
the way Juza’s dismissal of Banri wanting a rematch is so important and so telling for them both
god, Juza could see right through him from the start, he saw the empty, no ambitions Banri and called it as it was right away i can only imagine how much that stung Banri back then
something something, the same thing that made Banri actually feel something for once getting absolutely no reaction from Juza
they’re so narrative foils i swear
eheheheh it’s coming
Banri your obsession may be getting out of hand
thank you, Matsukawa, for forcing him in, he needed that push
Chapter 2
oh i’d forgotten Taichi was the first one to arrive to the audition considering that he’s the only one who we don’t know how he got there (yet) should’ve been suspicious the first time around huh?
OMIMI’S HERE
yes and it’s one of my fave nicknames in all of Mankai (<- likes repetition)
i’d forgotten how lost he acted with Kazu at first but tbh? same, Omi, i feel you
something something the wanwan duo hitting it off through their personas while not knowing the other’s putting up a front
Taichi’s reaction to Yuki roasting him is SO funny i’d forgotten how he’d immediately gone into simp mode
it can still happen, Taichi! don’t close yourself to the possibilities lol
I AM IN SO MUCH PAIN ABOUT OMI’S EXPLANATION he sounds so unsure with the “i guess” you can tell this man still has a lot of shit to process and i’m gonna cry just at thinking about it
Izumi, Omi’s not gonna traumadump about his dead best friend during his audition
JUZA MY BELOVED HE’S HERE NOW AND I CAN’T STOP SMILING
heheh Muku recognising his cousin :3
aaaaaaah the start of Juza pushing Muku away (for what he considers to be the best) and i’m emo already ough his words sting so hard ;-; i’m so sorry Mukkun
KAZU NOTICING AND GOING TO COMFORT MUKU RIGHT AWAY
THE WAY BANRI LITERALLY HAD TO BE PUSHED IN SDKBVHDFBV boy needs a push in more than one way for him to get into this tho
Banri really had a one track mind with fighting Juza lol, all his bitching to Matsukawa stopped the second he saw him and he went right to confront him instead lol
i’m so sorry Izumi… you’re not gonna go back to not being Fight Club for a while now
that’s a way to put it, Omimi
yes, Sumi, you’re right, Juza has the prettiest triangle eyes <3
i was gonna comment on Juza and Banri fighting but if i start doing that, we’re gonna be here for like a month so i’ll only mention it when i consider it Important
Chapter 3
Misumi’s too cute
okay i said i was gonna talk about it but the fact that Juza could’ve easily just pushed Banri away but he didn’t because that’s how hard he’s avoiding fights with him, he won’t “throw the first punch” even though this asshole’s been harassing him for a while now, he could beat him just as easily as he did in the past but he doesn’t want to be that person anymore so he won’t even try and aaaaaaaaaaah
kdjsbvhsdvbd that’s a way to put it
SAKYO IS HERE
Also i love how Izumi has come to care so much about Sakyo’s love for the theatre, so much that she wouldn’t start the audition without him ;w;
god i love akigumi so much they’re MY punks
hm do you think Taichi was maybe rethinking what he had to do just by seeing who his potential troupemates were? bc i think he has reasons to be scared for real here instead of just acting inoffensive
OMI MY BELOVED he sure knows what he’s talking about, isn’t he?
hell yeah Izumi, expose Sakyo for how caring he is
awwww is the tsun feeling a bit too seen?
Omi’s tone is so neutral in the audition, one must wonder how much time and effort he’s invested in keeping his tone (and all of him) under control after… y’know so it makes sense he doesn’t really know how to use his tone to act yet, his whole act for the past couple years has been suppression
heheh i love how easily Izumi sees through Taichi, even if she can’t put her finger to it yet
something something while Omi’s struggle comes from not putting himself out there, Taichi is now starting to try to hide the actor part of himself and struggling with keeping it hidden
Chapter 4
oh Banri really just wants to be a nuisance here, huh? he had no reason for saying he’d go first for the audition other than not letting Juza go? i’m once again reminded of the anime, where we see Banri volunteering as the leader as soon as he sees Juza hesitate to volunteer himself
i hate him so much i hate him i hate him i hate him why is he like this (i would’ve acted out the dialogue with the same intonation, pauses and additions like laughter)
why, thank you, Izumi
huh this line right here… i’m now thinking about Fallen Blood and how Banri’s acting is explored and approached there
oh Juza… my beloved daikon Juza… i’m so emo hearing his acting here, he’s come so far and worked so hard and aaaaaaaaah ;w;
Banri fuck off
and there’s the passion and determination that make Juza the heart of akigumi
Juza’s so fucking lovely, he’s so earnest in his plea tbh that alone makes him one of the best candidates to be part of the troupe
THAT’S WHAT I’M SAYING! THANK YOU IZUMI!
Sakyo saying exactly what was on my mind
i’m so sorry, Izumi
Sakyo sounds SO SOFT during his audition reading thingie ;w; i’m now thinking about how this is how he’d probs talk to his real mum and aaaaaah
Yuki, need i remind you that one of your troupemates literally broke into and squatted at your dorm AND has stolen government property?
i think one of the reasons that i am not as annoyed with Banri as i was with Tenma is that Juza can and does dish back and he can hold his own while, say, Muku just crumbles
thank you, da- i mean Sakyo
Chapter 5
i’m sorry, i know that he’s an annoying little shit at this point but i can’t help but laugh at how utterly obsessed Banri is with Juza at this point
huh i just realised we never really got a followup or a call to the parents for Banri, Juza or Taichi’s stay at the dorms it kinda makes sense with Banri given… y’know, how his family is, but now i feel robbed of hearing and reading a call with Mama Hyodo
yeah i’m not even gonna stop myself at this point, Sakyo’s such a dad, and he cares for the theatre so much and wants to help so bad he’s too cute
Omi eldest daughter syndrome?
good on you, Omi, you shouldn’t spend all your life looking after others (and yes this means at Mankai too)
Sakyo writing history right here
i’m sorry i keep smiling to myself at all the Juza-Banri bickering bc reading these makes me so nostalgic ;w;
Omimi so respectful (but also this makes me double down on him having eldest daughter syndrome)
heheh Sakyo is too cute
AAAAAAAAAAAAANIIIIIIIIIIIIKIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Sakoda my beloved
i love him so much he’s so puppy
ngl i know Omi and Taichi rooming together was a “by default thing” but with how much that arrangement’s done for the two of them it kinda feels like it was meant to be
Chapter 6
heheh the start of Omi being the cook at Mankai Omi my dear, just last chapter you were talking about how he didn’t want his family to need his looking after them all the time and now you’re adding to your responsibilities in this new place
huh i’d forgotten that Juza was the one to initiate their conversation at room 104
honestly Juza’s approach to this makes it noticeable how much he respects theatre as an art, even before he ever stepped foot on the stage as an actor himself he’s annoyed at Banri following him around, yeah, but that much he can manage and ignore but joining the troupe with no interest? that’s where he finally confronts Banri
Banri’s reasoning is so funny ngl like my dude if you don’t give a shit at theatre what satisfaction are you gonna get from winning at it? is your ego really that delicate that a random win at something you don’t care about will heal having been defeated in a fight? come on
also the way Banri deflected the questions and made them about insulting Juza? this boy is a mess who’s scared of being vulnerable in any way and, once again, it shows that not even he knows what he’s thinking
oh the localisation team sure knew what they were doing here
i love Juza so much everything he says and does makes me smile like a fool bestest boy
Omi’s smile-sweat expression hurts me when he sees Banri and Juza fighting and i don’t think i understand why, not entirely at least
the way Omi just walks in and restrains Juza like it’s no big deal I’m curious about this because yeah, he was with the Wolves and all but they disbanded years ago so can he do this while being rusty? or did he somehow keep himself fighting / training?
also i find it super interesting that he restrains Juza out of the two did he somehow know that Juza was the strongest out of the two / the one who could cause more damage? or maybe he’s seen their interactions enough to know that Banri just does shit to rile Juza up so if he restrains Juza then Banri won’t be that interested in fighting at the moment? idk but i think about it often
also the fact that… yeah Banri did not have any interest in fighting Juza while restrained He did try to fight Omi for restraining Juza but not Juza himself, which is honestly so interesting to me he wants to beat Juza, yeah, but he wants it to be a real victory because that’s what his bruised ego needs (and also, maybe subconsciously, the emotions/excitement he’s been craving) which brings me back to the point of him beating Juza at theatre not being that meaningful, not yet anyway, what he craves is something that he will not get if things remain as they are
Taichi trying to drag Banri away is so cute and funny
THE ATTITUDES AFTER THE FIGHT ARE SO DIFFERENT I WANNA SCREAM
Juza is so ashamed for doing what he did while Banri craves more fight
this is SUCH a gesture of trust and now i’m having so many Juza thoughts
the way Juza can trust Omi when they’ve known each other for so little shows how ready Juza is to commit to his troupe, and also how he tends to see the good in people despite having been ostracised and hurt… basically through all of his life also him ASKING for help shows how humble he is and how he knows where he isn’t doing that well and wants to work towards improving in those areas, he’s not afraid of showing said vulnerability to someone he met a couple hours ago and who literally just restrained his wrists and aaaaaaah something something Omi proving that he could’ve hurt Juza yet Juza trusting him with this but also trusting him not to hurt him and aaaaaaaah
and here we see Omi starting to see Nachi in Juza ;w;
oughhhh the fact that Izumi assumes that Sakyo knows more about her father than herself hurts so bad
Chapter 7
oh okay we’re here already… cool just let me get some tissues real quick
i’m too scared to press play i know this is gonna hurt like a bitch
deep breaths (is 8 words into the portrait)
his opening words are brilliant and i don’t think i appreciated it enough on the first read this is a self portrait, he’s showing who he is to the audience, but he starts what’s meant to be a self introduction by saying he wishes he wasn’t himself, and that already says so much about who he IS, about his self-loathing and about the work he’s put into the portrait itself and into himself as an actor yeah, he wishes he was someone else, but he’s now starting to accept himself as he is, enough to admit these things out loud
something something we are taught to hate ourselves for our differences
the world has been so unkind to Juza and THAT’S why he wishes he was someone else, not because he didn’t like who he was (at the start at least), but because others didn’t and that led him to the fighting that now make him resent himself
i need Juza to read Frankenstein so bad i know it’d resonate with him in his soul
also i’m gonna fight his teachers like wtf what problem did they have
Juza’s story is so heartbreaking he was literally just a kid trying to exist and people had a problem with it? and began picking fights with him? and while i’d like to say that that’s an odd thing to do… is that not what every single school bully does? picks up when someone is different and then makes their life hell for it and i think its closeness to reality is one of the things that makes it so heartbreaking Juza’s just a bullied kid who fought back and got a(n even worse) reputation from it
Juza seeing theatre as salvation from… being himself will always hurt, bc what he needed to do was accept himself (and THAT’S what he learns when putting himself out on stage but y’know, not yet)
honestly i hate Juza’s teachers
i’m so glad he didn’t give up on theatre after what happened in middle school tho
oh i had NOT taken in this line in completely the first time around, but it sure does support my point Muku didn’t become someone else, he just grew more confident in himself as a person and as an actor, he’s enjoying himself with friends who know and accept him as he is and that’s why he’s “completely at ease with himself” maybe Juza knows in some degree that that’s what he wants too, bc i don’t see why he’d use those words otherwise
okay yeah at this point he DOES know that he doesn’t want to be someone else, not really
and then, after this, we go back to the self loathing sobs
I love that we see the pieces for his character development there, but they haven’t yet clicked together, there’s still work to do and it’s something that takes him a lot of time, and i love how real that feels
he says he wants to come out of his shell but he also says he wants to be someone else, anyone else and i think that’s such a complex and interesting struggle
i’m so emo about Juza Hyodo
also i have more thoughts but i don’t wanna be redundant so i’m just gonna link y’all to a lil something i’d already written about Juza’s portrait (in the anime):
screaming Juza really works so hard
Muku trying to approach Juza again ;w; and Juza not knowing how to react to that ;w;
i’m not ready for what comes next
I AM IN SO MUCH PAIN
even when i know this scene by heart it hurts me so much and both of them having it as fuel for their own self loathing makes it so much worse
sobbing sobbing so much
JUZA LOVES HIS FAMILY SO MUCH AND HE JUST WANTS THE BEST FOR THEM BUT HE DOESN’T CONSIDER HIS PRESENCE IN THEIR LIVES TO BE PART OF “THE BEST” AND I’M SO EMO
Juza my beloved, you’re ALREADY someone people should be proud of, and i’m so sorry that you can’t see it yet
Chapter 8
Banri trying to pick a fight over him and Juza choosing where to sit is so funny to me
Omi and Taichi taking separating Banri and Juza as their personal task is also so funny
huh Taichi could’ve just… not helped… he could’ve pretended to be scared or something and not helped, which would make things worse overall for the troupe which… was his goal yet he helped and now that has a whole other meaning for me
heheheh i love this part so much
Sakoda is so proud of both Sakyo’s idea and his work, it’s too cute
hmm
evhbhbcksd Matsukawa why are you like this
eheheheheh Syu-san hi~
Sakyo cares so much about this troupe, really, he has thought so much about… well everything
huh so Yukio disappeared either when Izumi was in middle school or in her first year of high school?
Chapter 9
KAMEBUNS
ksdbvhbdf Sakyo’s reaction is hilarious
kdbevhfdbvfd Kamekichi you drama queen
JUZA BELOVED i’m smiling so wide he’s so cute
Banri you have absolutely no right to say this
ngl i’m kinda curious about how exactly those taste but also i know myself and i know i wouldn’t be able to stand the sweetness
Juza’s so unbothered by everything going on around him and just enjoying his kamebuns, it’s cute
Juza you don’t have to lie about you liking sweets ;-;
oh Omi’s such a little shit for this i love it
huh Banri could see through Juza here interesting
SAKYO YOU’RE 30 YOU STILL HAVE SO MUCH OF YOUR LIFE AHEAD OF YOU
OH FUCK JUZA’S HESITATION IN THE ANIME IS ALSO HERE? JUST NOT AS EXPLICIT?
Banri’s such a nuisance
AND IZUMI CONSIDERED JUZA TOO SHE SAID HE WAS THE RIGHT CHOICE EVEN AFTER BANRI STEPPED UP
huh even when Izumi looks at him to give him the chance, he doesn’t take it i’d forgotten about this, this makes Banri becoming leader a bit less infuriating (i am not actually infuriated)
also ngl while he is the heart of akigumi, Juza’s self doubt would have been a problem for his leading, at this point of the story he’s not ready to lead a team, so despite everything… Banri WAS the better choice, huh?
see, i wanna bitch about Banri’s behaviour because it IS annoying and he’s a brat but anything i write ends up sounding / feeling insinceres so just know i’m annoyed at him
i love how Sakyo sensed Izumi’s hesitation and explained his reasoning to her heh
oh Izumi you have no idea just how much
Chapter 10
sobbing about Juza turning down the offers from Taichi and Tenma just because he doesn’t want those two to have their reputations affected by his own
i’d say something about Banri skipping but honestly i can’t fault him for it, being in classes where you already understand everything is boring and unnecessary as hell, might as well spend that time in better things (i had a rant here about the school system but that’s a rant for another day)
i’m sigh-laughing and shaking my head with a smile on my face at Banri’s explanations
OH THE TARUCHI NEO REVEAL WAS HERE?
it’s been done before and it’ll be done again, Izumi, it’s really not that big of a deal
sorry Izumi, but i’m with Banri in this one
still, i AM looking forward for the verbal beating Sakyo’s about to give him
hell yeah you tell him Sakyo
i have talked about this somewhere (maybe in my Banri Essay? But i’m not sure) but it’s so telling how Banri doesn’t say anything back to Sakyo because he KNOWS he’s right, he can’t say anything because there’s nothing he can say in his defence and it’s only after Sakyo leaves that he bitches about it but still doesn’t contradict him or anything
honestly if i was Banri i’d just walk out the door and then go somewhere else to chill lmao (totally not talking from experience or anything wdym)
you hit the nail, Izumi
Chapter 11
sighing at Banri
heheh i love that Izumi gives Juza some special treatment, it’s what he deserves <3 she sees his passion and determination and she will recognise that as it should be
periodic reminder that Tsuzuru writes RPF
GAMER BOYS! i love that they include Citron in this scene, he deserves to be recognised as part of the gamer group ;w;
Omi taking care of the food for the first time holy shit
also something something Sakyo saying he will eat whatever because he doesn’t wanna be a burden, neither financially nor in terms of doing things for him
aww Sakyo so mean! you just said you’d eat whatever! why not curry!
Omi and Juza being the first ones to be on alert and worry about Tsuzuru older siblings behaviour
now that i’m saying it… isn’t all of (act 1) autumn troupe older brothers except for Banri?
“just passed out” guys come on, this is not normal
as a Spanish golder century lit nerd, i will forever be upset about the localisation taking away the word “picaresque” from the title
huh i’d forgotten that Itaru offered to carry Tsuzuru to his room first he’s got to have some strength for that
why is Citron so cute ;w;
A3!EN Iconic line right here
TSUZURU’S POWERS DRIVE ME CRAZY SERIOUSLY
what was that again, Banri? something’s a “tall order” for you? huh
heheheh handcuffs incoming
sdkbvhdfbv i love how cryptic they are about the handcuffs in the dialogue
Chapter 12
this is the second chapter in this ep names after a song (that i know) and now i’m curious
i love this CG so much i’ve been just staring at it for a couple minutes now
i’m obsessed with this chapter you guys don’t understand i know the dialogue by heart
Sumi and Kazu just commenting on the handcuff situation is so funny
Kazu so helpful <3 do you think he offered to help (at least in part) because he's scared of conflict and he saw one incoming and decided to try to avoid that?
Sumi baby… that’s not how that works he’s so cute and he���s just following Kazu’s example but it’s so funny
CHASE SCENE
i can’t stop smiling i love this chapter
Juza just jumping into action to help at any moment is so important to me
heheh they’re working together now~
i actually hadn’t paid attention to the details in this part but for once, Banri’s leading and communicating his plans, and Juza follows along because he knows they both have the same goal in mind and he is actually trusting Banri to take them there and idk that’s actually so cool to me? it’s not just that they bonded over beating that rando up, they were already working together since before they did
heheh i’m so excited for what’s coming
Banri’s so smug his smile is contagious
Banri’s so happy he finally gets to fight
honestly knowing how he is (was) with fights, this must be the most excitement he’s been feeling in a while and the fact that he has someone to share that moment with may make it better for him, given how lonely he usually is so what i’m saying is that now he has two instances in which Banri’s feeling something that’s possibly new and exciting, and both are tied to Juza fucking Hyodo
okay so they didn’t quite kill that guy, cool, i’d forgotten about that
also i think this is the first time that Juza gets praised and thanked for… this part of himself, and maybe the first time where he sees it being good for those around him right away and i’m emo now
“ONE OF MY OWN” i am feeling so very normal about this line, i’m not crying about Juza being an extremely group oriented and protective guy, i’m not crying about Juza finally having a place for himself and him protecting it however he can
and then he gets so shy and flustered at Izumi acknowledging his words i love him
i love how in sync Banri and Juza are when it comes to playfully lying about what they did to the dude it’s so funny
Sakyo so protective and caring too
10 notes
·
View notes
Text
DAIR APPRECIATION WEEK 2021 DAY ONE: Why do you love Dan and Blair?
I broke down what I love about Dan and Blair into five parts under a read more below. The tldr is: their compatibility, their parallel arcs, their slow burn, the larger message it would've given GG if they were endgame, and finally their mature, adult relationship (aka "pure and simple love").
Warning: I basically wrote a fucking essay lmao. Cited my sources and everything.
I. Compatibility
Dan and Blair have great chemistry sure, but they have something that I don't think any other pairing on the show really had: common interests. They were pseudo-intellectuals who could talk about books, literature, art, etc. with each other ("Dan and I have a real connection. We did things like visit the Dia and debate Charbol versus Rohmer..."). And I know in TV world all anyone cares about is chemistry, but in the real world the key to a long lasting relationship is common interests.
And yet they are also still an opposite attracts pairing, just in the best way, where they are opposite in personality and background, but still share lots of common interests. Blair was the rich mean girl from the Upper East Side and Dan the "poor" loser from Brooklyn, but they still can relate to one another, they can still find stuff to talk about together, they still come to enjoy each other's presence and friendship.
And back to their chemistry: it isn't steamy chemistry 100% all the time (although they can certainly go there). Their's is a sweet chemistry, a chemistry where it's clear that they respect each other, that they know each other on a deep level, that they understand each other more than anyone else. It's a chemistry that you believe could lead to a satisfying marriage one day.
And I know I've said this before, but to me Dan and Blair are just soulmates.
II. Parallel Arcs
I am such a sucker for when two characters' life journeys parallel one another and Dair had that in spades. In season 1 especially, they were both dealing with the abandonment of a parent (Dan's mom/Blair's dad), they both lost their virginities and entered into sexual relationships with much more experienced partners (Serena & Chuck), and they both had their sights set on one school (Yale & Dartmouth - although come season 2 this became Yale for Dan, giving them even more in common).
I've also already talked on here about how you can parallel all of their other romantic/sexual relationships to one another, as well as how they both were abandoned by their best friends sophomore year. And, they both have a bad habit of going back to the same person over and over again (again, Serena & Chuck).
To me, Dan and Blair are almost narrative foils. Dan's relationship with his father starts out pretty solid but deteriorates over time - Blair's relationship with her mother is the exact opposite. Dan pines, while Blair loves to live in denial. Blair sees her life as a movie, Dan sees his life as a novel.
And that makes it all the more satisfying to see them come together, to learn to appreciate their differences, to accept their similarities, to see them grow together (albeit briefly) over seasons 4 and 5.
III. Slow Burn
A lot of people on here use this word incorrectly. If the characters kiss during season 1 (unless it’s under false pretenses) it’s not a slow burn! But Dan and Blair are a true slow burn (whether or not that was intentional).
From that hallway scene in 1x04, it's clear that Dan and Blair have a deeper connection and understanding of each other than they are letting on. We get brief glimpses into that in 1x15, 2x08, 3x18, and 3x22. All of that very slow build up makes it all the more satisfying when they become friends in season 4.
I truly think the W arc is the best written arc of the entire show. You very slowly see them accept their common interests, grow to begrudgingly respect one another, even begin to accept that there might be an attraction there. It never feels rushed, when they kiss in 4x17, it's earned (I use this word a lot - buckle in).
And then, yeah, the Louis arc was fucky (I stand by that they should've kept the love triangle Dan vs. Chuck, or Dan vs. Louis, all three was too much). But Dan standing by Blair through everything she went through that season was beautiful, to see her depend on Dan in her darkest moments, to see her realize that he's the one who will always be there for her...it just really, really worked.
And so that moment when Blair finally calls him "Dan" to his face, when it becomes clear they are finally going to be together...it's one of the single most satisfying moments in the entire show. Because, again, it was earned.
IV. Larger Message
As this video essay posits, the showrunners were left with a choice after the 2008 economic recession: "Either adjust to the times or lean further into an escapist fantasy where extreme wealth is the status quo...and lean they did. For the sake of providing their audience with an escape, the dark underbelly of extreme affluence became the show's core theme. The more it began to sell cynical opulence as standard escapism, the more the writers and fans turned on the less wealthy characters."
Furthermore, by revealing Dan as Gossip Girl, "It transitions him from pretentious soft boy to borderline sociopath, actively ruining the lives of his friends, family, and crush just to get a foothold in Upper East Side society. And then the show did something it had seldom deemed to do for a less wealthy character: it rewarded him...And thus, the show presented us with the most insidious message of all: wealth, privilege, and power corrupt...and that's okay."
By having Chuck & Blair and Dan & Serena as endgame, GG became one of the most cynical shows on the planet, where (to quote Constance Grady) "all relationships are transactional".
But yet: "The sole bright spot in the midst of this cold universe in which relationships are bought and sold like real estate came in the form of Blair’s brief season four romance with Dan...it marked the last hurrah of the first version of Gossip Girl: In a world in which money is so powerful that it makes romantic relationships indistinguishable from prostitution, Dan and Blair were working to create an authentic, meaningful bond outside of the influence of wealth and privilege."
If Dan and Blair had been endgame (and Dan hadn't been GG - although we all know that one is bullshit anyway), it would've been a rebuke to that ideology, it would've shown that there is more to a good marriage than a shared tax bracket, that a genuine connection is more important than wealth and privilege. That abuse does not equal love.
But alas, that was not the story they wanted to tell I guess.
V. Mature, Adult Relationship (aka "Pure & Simple Love")
I am personally not much of a fan of grand romantic gestures. I often find them shallow, childish, and showy. To me, it is far more romantic for Dan to have secretly written a book about Blair, for Blair to submit Dan's article to Vanity Fair, for Dan to say "it wouldn't to me" when Blair asks if it would matter if she was pregnant with another man's child (especially since this moment is (take a shot here), you guessed it, earned - we know he's being honest because we already saw him do this with Milo).
Now, I am personally not as much of a fan of the Met Steps moment as everyone else (Blair's desire to be royalty is probably the thing I like least about her), but that was probably Dan's grandest romantic gesture and yet...it's still so simple. It's really just a plastic tiara and a cab ride. Which is what makes it so beautiful. Because it's not about the money or the extravagance or showing off to anyone else...it's about Dan showing Blair he truly knows her. And to me, that's the healthiest way to do a romantic gesture.
I also love their bad sex arc in 5x18 because a) it's real - most real world couples don't have earth shattering sex the first time together, it takes time to learn what your partner likes and needs and b) because they actually (after getting drunk at Dorota's & Nate's) communicate about it and work out their problem like adults.
Because that's the thing about Dan and Blair - it's a real adult relationship. It's not a never-ending game of cat and mouse, it's not a fallback, it's not a bad habit...everything else just melts away when they're together. They grew and changed together...they learned to put aside their prejudices and see each other beyond their facades. They became better people together. They always had someone they knew they could turn to.
And that's what true love is supposed to be.
#I hope this is coherent#people will deserve a medal for actually reading the whole thing#dair#gossip girl#dairaw21#dan x blair#dan humphrey#blair waldorf#gg meta#otp: dan loves me for me
39 notes
·
View notes
Text
I Wanna Be Yours | NRIACC: Alex’s Ending |
Nothing Revealed In A Common Crisis
Written by @imagine-that-100
Description: | Here |
Word Count: 25.2k
Warnings: This series contains mature content and themes throughout
A/N: Hey besties! I can’t believe this is it. We actually got to the end! Thank you so so so much for sticking with me whilst I got this fic out, I am truly so so happy that people are still reading almost 2 years after I posted the first part. It really is mindblowing to me. I’ve got a few people I need to thank, dot for helping me plan a lot of the fic and for helping write chap 8, @murderousginger and @sunsetinmyvein for editing for me. A really really big thank you is going to @red---moon and @alovesreading, I genuinely don’t think this fic would have ever got finished if I didn’t have you two for me to mindlessly rant to about it and giving me ideas and keeping me motivated (Red also gave me the idea for the arielle stuff back on the AM tour and A gave me the idea of the whole pauline storyline so you can blame them for that loolllll love you both). To the rest of you, the ones who have been reading for a longgg time, you deserve a medal, your asks and reactions have really kept me going so thank you so so so much, and if you’ve recently had a binge I really hope you enjoyed the rollercoaster of a fic. NRIACC really feels like my baby and I’m never going to write a mashup of worlds like this again, so thank you all so so much for reading and enjoying it. I'll be forever grateful for the love you’ve shown it. Now, I’ve kept you waiting long enough, I really hope you enjoy Wheels and her man's happy ending. Love you lots and enjoy x
Please let me know | Here | who’s ending you’re all choosing! (It’s all anonymous)
| Series Masterlist | N’s Masterlist | NRIACC Playlists | The Band’s Info | Read on Wattpad | Read on AO3 |
~*~*~*~ June 2020 ~*~*~*~
That night Alex came to get you was a turning point for you. You found this new way of living extremely less difficult with your best friend by your side.
When he got to your flat that night, he held you whilst you cried and he didn’t let you go until your tears dried up and he got you smiling again. You're sure it was the relief to be back in his arms that made you get more upset when he arrived.
It must have been the silent longing for him for those 3 months alone that had you not wanting to let go of him. It was a miracle you released him so he could help you pack up a few of your things to take to Alex’s house with you.
Your best friend assured you that you could both come back and grab more of your stuff at a later date but he wanted to get you back to his house so you could be comfortable. And that night he remembers you clutching him so tightly when he practically carried you into his bedroom and you held him even in your sleep.
That was the only night you slept in his bed, but you did have a lot of quiet cuddles every day where you just held him close and didn’t let him go. The only time you left him alone was when you both went to bed and even then Alex was sure that you weren’t having an easy time trying to sleep.
At the start you were quieter and you didn’t smile anywhere near as much as Alex was used to. You spent a lot of time sleeping or just lying in bed staring into space and it worried Alex so much, he ended up doing what you once did to him. He made you go on a walk with him.
Your best friend wouldn’t tell you where you were going and he found it amusing as you tried your best to pry it out of him but he refused. But your afternoon out in the boiling sun turned out to be one of your favourite days this year.
Alex took the both of you into his local shop so you could both get a meal deal and a few snacks and treats before he walked you to a specific spot in his local park. And he was right in thinking you’d love it. Your face lit up when you saw the huge cherry blossom tree and the both of you had your impromptu picnic underneath it before spending the next few hours there.
You finally got your smile back that day and Alex was so thankful to see it. And since he had seen a slow but steady improvement in you every day.
The morning after your picnic, Alex came downstairs to find you sitting at the dining room table and you were drawing again. Nothing had ever warmed his heart more, and he didn’t want to distract you at all so all he did was quickly go to the kitchen and make you a cup of coffee.
When he brought it to you, he placed a kiss on the back of your head and he sat down beside you and watched you work. He was so enamoured by you, he could have carried on watching you for hours, but instead he went and made the both of you a nice breakfast.
And since then, you always started your morning that way. You finally got your spark back and you started to feel so much better in yourself, and you owed that all to Alex.
Days were happier and somehow easier for you in this weird time of self isolation but when you snuggled into your best friend's arms every night whilst you watched a film on the settee, you knew you’d be okay. You’d always be okay as long as Alex was there to comfort you.
~*~*~*~
Since you actually got inspired to be creative again, you and Alex ventured back to your flat to grab a few of your painting and drawing stuff and you’ve been feeling more like your old self again. And now a few weeks have passed, you’ve almost run out of room with how much stuff you’ve been making, you’re definitely going to have to make a trip back to your flat to leave some stuff there so Alex can have his house back.
Not that you intend to leave because you really don’t. You don’t want to be anywhere else than by your best friend's side.
You think that in the last few weeks, you and Alex have been closer than you ever have been, in a platonic way anyway. Although, your feelings towards him really aren’t all that platonic anymore.
There had been a lot of flirty banter between the two of you since you started living together, and each time it happened it left you with the feeling of butterflies in your stomach and your cheeks heating up. You always tried to bite your cheek to stop yourself from smiling like a fucking idiot when he flirts with you.
It sometimes makes it difficult if you’re cuddling on the settee under the same blanket because all you want to do is hide under it and grin like a lunatic. But you can’t because you don’t want him to know just how much he affects you.
And the only reason you didn’t want to put it all out in the open was because you were worried about what Alex would think. You weren’t sure if he was flirting with you because that's just how the two of you act around each other or because he is actively flirting.
So you’d kept your feelings to yourself for a while in hopes that you’d get some sort of sign. But last night when you got in the bed in his guest room instead of creeping into Alex’s like you so desperately want to, you decided you’d tell your best friend at some point the next day.
The both of you had let yourselves lose your brief moments in time together because you didn’t communicate properly. And you’re grown up enough now not to let that happen again. So you decided in bed that you were going to tell your best friend about your feelings for him.
And when you woke up this morning, knowing that at some point today you were going to tell him made you feel lighter somehow. Yes you’re nervous, but if worse comes to worst and he actually doesn’t like you that way anymore at least you’ve told your truth. And you’ll live the rest of your life knowing you did give it one last shot.
The hardest part of today has been not knowing when to bring it up, because you can’t really just say it out of the blue. It didn’t feel right. You didn’t want it to be an ‘i need to talk to you moment’, you wanted it to be an anxious free and healthy reveal of something instead of causing him to get anxious and possibly awkward with you.
But it looks like you might have to resort to that, because no conversation has taken any of that direction today. Alex has been reading for most of the day and you decided to paint some more as the both of you listened to music. Nothing sparked that sort of conversation though even over dinner so you just tried to stay calm and positive about it.
Now it’s the evening though and both of you got so wrapped up in your little words that you’d missed tea and it was too late for you to cook. So, you ordered yourselves a take out so you could chill out whilst you watched Glastonbury reruns, as the festival was obviously cancelled this year.
You watched Adele’s the night before and you both really enjoyed that. And now, after you both finished your food, you’re sitting next to each other as you polish off a bottle of wine between you, all while singing along and having a blast.
You’d just finished watching David Bowie's set from 2000 and you’d been waiting for Ed Sheeran’s headline set to start, and when it did you were both enthralled.
You have your legs over Alex’s lap and you're both resting your heads back against the settee aimlessly watching Ed’s magic that he makes on guitar. And your heart is warm by the way Alex's hand keeps running soothingly up and down your legs.
Ed has just finished his medley of songs and it’s so fucking amazing to you how he does all of what he does on a guitar and his loop pedals.
“God, he’s so amazing.” You say as your shiver slightly hearing the applause. “I’ve got proper goosebumps watching him.”
“Not you again with the goosebumps.” Alex chuckles a little and shakes his head.
“Look at my arms.” You smile and show him your arm which like you said, your skin is raised and full of goosebumps.
“You need to get a grip.” Alex smiles playfully and shoves your arm back.
You fake a frown and tell your best friend in half a giggle, “Don’t be nasty. I was like that for both of your sets.”
“Mmmm,” Alex thinks about it for a moment but ultimately he shakes his head, “Don’t believe you.”
“Well you know what Alex, I couldn’t just interrupt your set by running on stage to show you.” You laugh and you love the way he grins back at you. You also add, “And if they put your full one on from 2013 on iPlayer I would show you, but no BBC are dickheads.”
“Yeah, well,” Your best friend chuckles but defends, “I can't really say much, they have given us a pretty good platform in the past.”
“You're allowed to slag people off in private Alex, who am I gunna tell?” You grin, paying attention to only his bright eyes and his goofy smile.
Your best friend laughs, “Alright, alright.”
The both of you start watching the performance again and Ed’s just started singing Photograph which is one of your favourites. You both listen for a while but when it gets to the chorus you shiver again hearing everyone in the crowd sing the lyrics back to him.
And you can’t stop the question from leaving your lips to the man next to you who knows exactly what it’s like.
“Is there any way to describe that feeling?” You have to ask, because you remember being astounded hearing the crowd singing back to Alex at his Glastonbury. “Or is it as magical as it looks?”
You tilt your head to the side to look at him. Alex takes a deep breath as he thinks back to it and you watch him patiently as he finds his words.
“It's the best experience ever.” Alex looks at you and tells you honestly, “Nothing like it and I don’t think anything could ever beat it.”
You smile at that and it warms your heart.
“I’m so proud of you.” You quietly say, grabbing his hand that lay unmoving on your thigh
“Only just now?” Alex teases, lacing your fingers together.
You playfully glare at him then and nudge him, correcting him, “You know I’ve always been proud of you.”
Alex tries to hide his smile but he fails miserably and nods, “Yeah, I do.”
Instead of paying attention to the TV, you look at each other with smiles on your faces and you end up watching each other like that for a short while.
But then the both of you feel it. That pull between you again. The one that’s been happening every night you’ve been cuddled together. Or when the both of you are cooking together. Or go out on walks together. There’s always that spark and that pull between you, but this time you can’t ignore it.
You're both just listening to the music in the background and enjoying your view of the others resting on the settee looking into beautiful eyes.
You close your eyes and release a breath which Alex watches you do. He can’t help but think it’s like you’re mentally preparing yourself for something.
Your eyes open back up and you bite your lip for a second before almost whispering “Can I kiss you?”
That isn’t what Alex was expecting you to say at all. But he doesn’t hesitate like the first time you’d ever asked him that question, instead he just nods and watches you closely.
You pick your head up from the settee and slowly move towards him before you attach your lips to his. Despite your lips tingling the second they touch his, you know that this is just something to test the waters for a few seconds.
You can tell Alex isn’t really putting himself forward for it which you understand. He wants to see how you'd react to it.
The kiss starts slow as you really don't want to rush it at all. You aren’t after what you were last year. You’re so far past the need for him in just that sense. You just want to see if there truly is still a connection between you.
You need to know if it’s just your mind playing tricks on you or if it’s actually real feelings towards him. And from the way your heart is rapidly beating in your chest, you can tell they are genuine feelings.
Alex kisses you back with as much enthusiasm as you give, but he makes a conscious effort not to pull you to him when he’s wanting more. He needs you to direct this, for his own clarity.
And he’s thankful you are doing, because you cup the side of his face and pull him closer to you as you deepen the kiss. You feel like you’re trying to get all of your emotions out in this kiss, like you’re trying to tell him something without actually telling him.
And Alex definitely is reciprocating. After a few minutes, both of your breathing becomes laboured. You’re both so into it that it shocks you when Alex pulls away, both of you breathing hard and hearts beating rapidly.
Alex’s brain is going haywire, he’s surprised you can’t hear it screaming at him. But his biggest insecurity is the first thing that comes out of his mouth.
Your best friend runs a hand through his hair as he looks like he’s fighting with his own mind when he looks into your eyes and says quietly, “I can’t do this if you’re gunna go back to him.
You shake your head, your chest sinking at the mere thought that Alex would even think that. But at the same time you understand, so you don’t hesitate to assure him.
“I don’t want him like that,” You promise him, as you really haven’t thought about Matty like that for a long time. “He’s just my best friend.”
Alex looks stressed as he reminds you, “I’m just your best friend.”
“No,” You state simply, “You’re not.”
And he hasn’t been for a long time. There’s always been that ache in your chest that has you wanting something more with Alex. And you wish you could let him feel exactly what you’re feeling to show him.
Your best friend is clearly shocked and he almost looks like he’s trying to wake himself up from a dream. He can’t believe his ears or believe that you just kissed him again.
“I can’t do this if it’s only a one night thing either. Don’t get me wrong, last time was amazing but we shouldn’t have done it. It just made me more attached.” Alex rambles on, getting all of his thoughts and feelings out into the open. “I don’t want you as some now and again girl. That’s not what you are to me.”
“I like you Al. A lot.” You cup his face to try and ground him to the moment and you smile as you spill your truth, “Like you hurt to think about. And even after everything I can’t get you out of my head.”
Your best friend loses his breath when he hears you say that. And he can’t help but repeat what he thinks he heard you say, “You like me?”
“Yeah.” You nod.
Alex looks like he wants to cry when he quietly asks you, “You like me how I like you?”
“I’m fairly certain that I love you Alex.” You grin, putting it all out there for him.
Some mixture of relief and shock floods Alex’s whole system then and you see it hit him. He holds his breath for a few seconds and he has to close his eyes and he’s holding your hand so tightly, you don’t even think he’s aware he has a hold of you.
When you see those beautiful brown eyes of his again a second later, you see him try and fail to find his words as emotions run through him. But then you see his lips turn up into a smile and he begins to stutter, “I- I, wow. I l-“
And you know what he’s about to say but you quickly put your finger over his lips to stop him.
“If you're about to say it because I just have, please don’t. Save it until you mean it, until you really want to say it.” You smile, but it’s like you’ve just got everything off your chest, you feel free saying them out loud, “I just can’t hold it anymore, I’m sick of hiding it now.”
Alex chuckles and you’re sure his eyes are getting a little watery but you can’t tell if it’s just pure and utter joy and elation that’s making him look like that. He takes another few deep breaths and it’s as if his throat has choked up and he’s trying not to cry.
You realise that’s exactly the case when he quietly asks you with a strained voice, “Me? Are you sure?”
You grin and nod, “It's always been you, Alex.”
You briefly see your best friends smile before your lips are brought down to meet it. Both of you can’t really stop smiling as you kiss each other, which is funny and cute all at the same time. You feel like you could burst with the happiness that you’re feeling, but the fact that Alex is kissing you like you could disappear at any moment, makes you think that he might not be fully believing it's happening.
The past is clearly playing on his mind, because when you pull away from the sweet kiss he lets those final insecurities out.
“How can you possibly want something with me after everything I’ve said and done?” He asks you after you pull away.
He’s still emotional, you can see it and hear it in his voice and you want nothing more than to ease his worries. You’ll do everything in your power to show him just how serious you are though, and you’ll happily spend the rest of your life doing it if he wants the same.
“A relationship is just two imperfect people refusing to give up on each other. And I’m not ready to give up on you Al.” You smile as you gently stroke his cheek, “I won’t ever give up on you if you won’t give up on me.”
Alex smiles at that, and he moves his head to the side to kiss your palm before he says a quiet, “Never.” and that has you melting.
“This is it for me.” You promise him, “If you want this, I’m all in. I’m all yours. I’m going to marry you one day.”
Your smile is practically lighting up the whole room for Alex. He doesn’t think he’s ever seen you so happy and he can’t believe that he’s the cause of it. Alex smiles and chuckles in disbelief, he’s still not fully sure he’s not dreaming. But he just has to ask you one last time, “Are you sure you want this?”
“More than anything.” You nod, giving him the briefest kiss before you tell him again, “I love you.”
Alex grins at that but then he brings his hands up to hide his face and he whispers, “I think I’m going to cry.”
You chuckle, “Don’t cry.” as you pull his hands down so you can see his handsome face again, but when you do you see there’s actual tears in his eyes. “Darling don't cry…” but then he closes his eyes so you can’t see so you tell him, “Shakespeare, look at me.”
When he opens his gorgeous eyes again, you see that they have fully teared up now which makes you want to cry too. “No, stop with the tears, you’ll get me going.”
“All I’ve wanted for so long was to hear you say that you love me.” Alex’s voice cracks at the end of that and he barely gets out, “And you just said it.”
You nod, “Yeah, I did,”
He must tune back into your surroundings for a second because he then gestures towards the TV and laughs as he shakes his head, “And Ed fucking Sheeran is on in the background.”
You giggle at this, nodding as you realise that the end of him playing Nancy Mulligan is on in the background. This really isn’t how you imagined this moment playing out at all, but you’re so happy, you don't really care.
You just laugh, confirming, “Ed Sheeran’s on in the background.”
Alex reaches forwards and holds your face then, both hands cupping your cheeks and he gently strokes them with his thumbs as he tries to take in the moment properly. “Can you say it again?” He asks quietly as a tear falls, “Please.”
You have the biggest grin on your face as you tell him, “I love you, Alex.”
His whole face lights up with the sweetest and most innocent smile then. One that’s overcome with so much adoration and joy, it warms your soul. And when you see him go to say it back, you stop him, “I-“
“No,” You put your finger over his lips, “Don’t tell me today.”
He frowns at you a little then, “But I lo-”
You stop him again, already knowing he wants to say it back and in your heart you know he probably wants to scream it at you, but you want him to tell you when he can’t hold it back any longer, like you’ve been like today. You nod as you smile, “I know, but don’t tell me today. Tell me when you desperately want to tell me.”
“I’m desperate now.” Alex laughs a little, feeling his chest burst with the emotions you’re telling him he’s not allowed to get out just yet.
“I know, but please tell me on a day when it overwhelms you so much it hurts not to tell me.” You ask him, in hopes that he could do it. You explain, “That’s how I’ve been feeling for days. I had to tell you today.”
“You’ve wanted to tell me all day and you’ve waited till now? Christ Angel, it’s almost midnight.” He laughs, and his grin is so big that you’re trying your best to take a mental picture of how gorgeous he looks right now. He strokes your cheek as he asks, “What games are you playing?”
“Absolutely none,” You laugh, “I just love you and I needed to tell you.”
Alex giggles at that, still not fully believing he’s wide awake and this is real life. He’s so beyond happy, he really doesn’t have the words to tell you, especially if you won’t let him say it back just yet.
So your best friend does the one thing that he knows that after what’s just been said, you won’t deny him. He pleads with the biggest smile on his face, “Kiss me?”
You chuckle before you ask, “Thought I was the one that asks that?”
“If you’re mine, you don’t need to ask anymore, Angel.” Alex grins.
“I’m all yours, Shakespeare.” You promise him before you kiss him again.
This kiss feels like it seals the deal. It’s your confirmation that you’re his and he’s yours and your heart is bursting with all the love you have for him and the elation you’re feeling that he wants to give you another go.
You’re feeling euphoric and you know from the way Alex is pouring his heart into this kiss that he is too. He’s still holding your face so that you couldn’t even escape it if you tried, you know he needs this just as much as you.
You’re unsure if you’re only kissing for a few minutes, or if ten end up passing. All you know is that you’re so in love with your best friend, who has quite possibly just become your boyfriend, that you never really wanted it to end. And just when you thought it was about to, Alex bites your bottom lip and brings you back in for another one because he really can’t let you go just yet.
It makes you shiver like it has done every time he’s ever done it, but you knew that was another little nod back to the first time he’d ever done it. You’re thankful he’s always remembered how much you love it and you fully intend to let him kiss you and bite your lip whenever he wants from now on.
Even when your kiss did come to an end, the moment didn’t.
Foreheads resting against each other whilst both of you let your grins free. Your noses playfully nudging the others back and forth in cute eskimo kisses has you quietly giggling, and you keep whispering to your best friend that you love him.
It’s certainly the best night of Alex’s life, and he can’t wait until you let him say it back to you because he is dying to. He loves you so much. And he’s let that love slowly consume him again every moment you’ve had together since that night he came back to you. And he never ever wants to let you go again.
Even when you finally put each other down, you cuddle yourself right into him and Alex holds you tightly and every few seconds he’s kissing your head. Both of you are only half listening to the end of the 2017 Glastonbury set now because you’re just too focused on the mutual love you have for one another and how it feels like it could pour out of your chests.
But one song does grab both of your attention, and it’s when Alex takes your hand as he hears you humming along to the tune of Ed singing, ‘Now I have met an Angel in person, and she looks perfect, I don’t deserve it but she looks perfect tonight.’ that Alex lets out a short laugh.
You look up at your best friend as he sighs as he gestures to the TV, “That’s gunna be our wedding song now and we’ll be the most basic couple on earth.”
That makes you burst out laughing despite it now probably being true. It’s a stunning song and it says Angel in it, and now it’ll always remind you of tonight. But you’re just grinning like a fool because he’s practically said that he wants to marry you.
You lean up to kiss him again and you whisper against his lips, “I love you Shakespeare.” and he hums the words back to you as he kisses you which has your heart melting.
You love each other with so much of your hearts that none is left to protest.
~*~*~*~
Much to Alex’s dismay, you’ve still not let him tell you that he loves you yet and it’s almost been a week. It’s on the tip of his tongue and you seem to know every time he’s about to say tell you and you stop him from doing so. The only time he’s managed to get it out without you stopping him is when you’re asleep and he has half a mind to wake you up just to tell you.
But he gets why you want him to wait to say it. He remembers that tragic day after the night he got drunk years ago where he just needed to tell you that he loved you so he could try and fix things between you. He couldn’t get the words off his tongue like you couldn’t the night you told him, but thankfully the context was extremely different this time.
And Alex has no intentions to fuck things up between you ever again. The morning after you told him you loved him, you both talked a little bit and you decided there and then that you were official. You’re finally his girlfriend, and Alex is so beyond happy he can call his angel his own.
Truthfully, neither of you have ever been happier despite the fact you’re in the middle of a pandemic. The days together and finally getting to be how you’ve desperately wanted to be with each other really make everything better. You have each other now and you’re never going back to how it was before.
It was always going to be impossible for the two of you to just be best friends. There’s always been something more. And now you get to experience and live whatever that something more brings you both, and Alex will forever be thankful that you made the move to tell him you loved him.
Each day since, you’ve been so happy. He loves seeing you smiling and being all bright eyed and creative. It’s one of the things he really loves about you, and he can’t wait to tell you each and every way he loves you when you finally let him say it back.
Alex woke up alone this morning, which isn’t an issue but it’s the first time since you got back together that you haven’t had a lie in with him. But your best friend, now boyfriend, knows you’re an early riser and he can’t have you tucked away in bed all the time like he wants.
He’s just glad he woke up a little earlier sometimes and got to cuddle you whilst you were still half asleep.
Alex doesn’t have to worry at all as he knows you’ve not gone too far because he can hear the music you're playing downstairs. So because he’s that much of a simp and can’t spend a long time without you these days, he quickly gets himself washed and dressed before he comes downstairs.
The instant he sees you, there’s a smile on his face and it just gets bigger as he sees you dancing to the riff of the song you have on as you cook. When you finish singing the chorus, Alex watches as you dance to the instrumental part of the song and when the drums kick back in you start jumping around having a really good time.
He can’t stop himself from watching you and grinning. But just before the song kicks back in, Alex makes his presence known and he says over the music, “Morning Angel.”
You spin around to see him leaning against the wall with a grin on his face, clearly having a great time watching you. But then the lyrics come back and you point at him and start singing the song to him, “You look so cool, standing there.”
You walk towards him quickly, the smile sticking on your face now as you hook your finger into his belt loops and pull him towards you, “With your baggy jeans,” and you run your hands up through his hair, “And silky hair.”
Both of you grinning at each other, you wrap both your arms around his neck and carry on singing, “We can live for nothing baby, I don't care. Lose me like the ocean, feel the motion.”
And you make him move to the beat of the music as you sing the chorus to him at the top of your lungs after you give him a quick kiss, “I’ll be the sea honey, always always, and you’ll be the tide.”
You’re giggling like fools in love when you carry on dancing as you sing the outro. And when Heather stops singing, you pull your man down by his hair and you kiss him sweetly.
You can’t stop the smiles on your faces but being unable to stop smiling as you kiss each other really isn’t unknown between you anymore. It’s all you’ve been doing this past week.
After The Tide by Pale Waves finishes, Alex is smiling down at you as he asks, “What’s got you all happy?”
“I woke up next to you.” Your eyes are bright as you keep him close and tell him about your day so far, “The sun is shining. I'm feeling creative, I’ve already finished one poem and painting this morning. The day is good.”
Alex kisses you again then and he hums against your lips before he pulls away to say, “Let go of me so I can see the painting?”
You smile and do as you’re asked. You let him go and go back over to the hob so you can finish making the both of you breakfast as you tell him, “It's on the easel by the back door.”
After a few minutes, you feel his arms wrap around you from behind as you plate up both of your Full English’s for your brunch.
“My girlfriend is so talented it injures me.” Alex says as he leans around you to kiss your temple.
Whilst you think he’s very cute to say you’re talented, you decide to tease him for saying it injures him, “Maybe you and your fragile masculinity should write another album then.”
Alex’s jaw drops a little which makes your facade break. You giggle and lean back into him, “I’m joking, I’m joking.”
“Next year maybe.” Alex tells you after kissing his way up from your shoulder to your neck, “Focus on everything usthis year.”
You hum in agreement, and you turn in his arms as you tell him, “Sounds like a great idea.” and you quickly kiss him before you pat his chest, “Come on, let's eat.”
Brunch was delicious, as your cooking always is and both of you sat at the dining room table whilst you ate. The both of you chatted about the morbid news that the world is experiencing and the latest Covid figures that the government has released and you both wonder how the fuck the world is going to get out of the state that its in for a while.
But, the two of you are no help to anyone. You’re just hoping that Charlie is still doing okay as he is still on the frontline with all of this. It reminds you that you need to call Y/B/F today and actually have a proper lengthy conversation so you can make sure she’s alright.
When you get up from the table to put the plates in the dishwasher (you wouldn’t let Alex do it), your boyfriend finds himself longingly looking at the leather bound diary that contains all of your secrets. It reminds him of just how much he would love to read any poem of yours. He really hopes you’ll let him one day, even if it's years from now when you’re married and going grey, he really hopes you’ll let him.
Curiosity gets the better of Alex and he nods at your diary when you come back into the room, “Did you say you wrote a poem this morning?”
“I did.” You smile brightly at him, the sun hitting your face from the window making your skin have a golden tint to it. You look stunning.
Alex hums acknowledging what you told him, he grins when you walk around the table and sit on his lap instead of your chair. Stealing a quick kiss from you makes Alex smile and he also pushes his luck the tiniest bit, asking cheekily as he slides your poetry diary closer to the both of you, “Can I finally read some of these?”
You chuckle at the way he pouts at you, the silent plea on his face is quite amusing. But what is even funnier to you is his reaction to what you say next.
“You can read them all.” You nod, “But just bare in mind that’s like two decades worth of my feelings.”
Your boyfriend’s jaw falls and his eyes go wide. It clearly takes a second to register because the next thing you know, his eyebrows are furrowed slightly and he asks, “Wait, what?”
“What?” You giggle, finding it quite amusing how shocked he is.
Alex picks up your poem diary properly now and holds it in front of you and asks seriously, “I can read this?”
“I don’t have anything to hide from you anymore.” You nod, confirming he can if he’d like to. And to ease your now clearly anxious boyfriend, your fingers gently play with the hair on the back of his neck, “You’ve been asking since we were teenagers, I think you’ve waited a sufficient amount of time.”
Alex is entirely lost for words. This book that he has seen for the past decade of his life has plagued him as he has been desperate at different moments in time to see what you’ve been scribbling down onto the pages of it. And to finally hear that he can read it without consequence is a real shock to his system.
“Really?”
“Yeah.” You nod.
Alex looks at the leather diary then like he’s never opened a book in his life and he doesn’t know what to do with it. His hesitance makes you smile, but you think for your own sanity if he does want to read it, which you know he does, you need to do something for yourself.
“Before you do.” You get your best friend's attention again and you ask, “Can you please read and process them when I’m not here? I’d rather you take it all in and then you can ask questions afterwards if you have any.”
Alex questions, “Not all sunshines and rainbows then?” and his heart sinks a little as he’s sure of the answer you’re about to give.
“Has my life been all sunshine and rainbows, Al?” You raise an eyebrow but try to keep the mood light.
“No,” Your boyfriend shakes his head and takes a deep breath before admitting, “And I’ve not helped with that, I’m sure.”
“Don’t beat yourself up Al.” You tell him, giving him a small smile and you gently stroke his cheek as you tell him, “I love you now because I’ve been through everything you’re about to read.”
Once it’s established that Alex does in fact want to read it, you send off a few texts and when you get responses, you grab a few things before you get yourself ready to head out. And once you’re at the door, you tell Alex what your plan for your day is, “I’m going to go for a long walk, meet up with Adam for a socially distanced chat at the park and then have a nice long talk with Y/B/F whilst you read, okay?”
Alex wraps his arms around your waist and he hides himself into your neck and he kisses it once before offering, “You can stay here if you want? I’ll go out.”
“And you lose my poetry book? Absolutely not.” You giggle a little and you give his hair a little tug so you can give him a kiss. “It’s a nice day, I wanna get out anyway so it kills two birds with one stone.”
“I love you so much.” You kiss him longingly and lovingly, “I’ll see you later.”
“I-” And your best friend tries again.
But you quickly silence him with another kiss and tell him, “Don’t say it until after you’ve read my poems.”
Alex looks hopeful when he asks, “I can say it after?”
“Yeah, I think I've made you wait long enough for that now too.” You grin, loving how excited he is at the thought of saying that he loves you. But you jokingly big yourself up, “Besides, I have a feeling that you’ll be desperate to say it. I have a way with words.”
Alex chuckles at that, but before he lets you go he raises his little finger to you and asks, “Afterwards?”
You smile and hook your little finger around his in a pinky promise, confirming, “Afterwards.”
~*~*~*~
The way Alex’s heart is beating as he paces in front of the settee, which your poetry diary is currently lay on, is frankly concerning considering all of his nerves are being caused by what a pen has written on paper. It’s been 15 minutes since you’ve gone out and Alex hasn’t yet found the courage to open it.
But he realises that he needs to just bite the bullet. He’s been asking to read your poems for so long, he doesn’t want to back out of this now. Alex wants to know the ins and outs of your mind, and this is the closest he’ll ever get to that. So after a few deep breaths, he forces himself to sit down and unwrap the leather diary and he opens it on the first page.
Alex smiles seeing that it's not only your words in this book, you have doodles in there too. Stunning ones, just like all your drawings but these are quirkier and on this page he knows they must be from a long time ago.
On the first page he sees your full name written down, your telephone number which has clearly been updated the few times it’s needed to be. And then you have a bigger note that reads:
If lost: Please call the above number and claim your £5000 reward.
It makes Alex relax a bit reading that because that’s a very you thing to do. He knows that if this book went missing you’d probably pay double that to get it back. And after a deep breath, your boyfriend turns the page to start reading properly and he finds it easier than expected, for now anyway.
After reading a few of your earliest ones, Alex spots the small way you’ve coded out your poems. The date is the first thing at the top of the page, but then in the top right hand corner, you have initials of who the poem is about.
The few he’s read he knows from the initials that there are some about your Mum. Other heartfelt and longing ones about your Dad that almost have Alex tearing up.
There are happy ones too, some that don’t necessarily have initials because they aren’t about anyone in general, they are just about how you’re feeling.
Even reading these from back when you were in high school and college, Alex knows that you’re amazing at what you write in this book. And if your writing was this good when you were half your current age, he knows you must be even better now.
Once Alex figured out your code, he decided that he wants to respect your privacy a little more, so instead of reading everything you’ve written, he searches for his own initials. And your boyfriend stops when he sees the first A.T. in the right corner of your book. Alex sees that you’ve dated it late July 2002 and then he goes on to read:
Thank you for making me
feel things I thought I
never could
It’s short and simple, but Alex knows already that you must have been talking about the night you first slept together then. It sort of hits him all over again just how deeply you clearly felt about the milestone in your lives as he never expected to read you thanking him for it.
Alex flips a few more pages until he stops when he sees a polaroid of you and all the 1975 boys in a swimming pool. You’re all grinning like idiots and he can see that you’ve all signed the bottom of it which is a very you thing to ask all of them to do. But he smiles when he reads the poem on the page the picture is in between.
It’s about him, and about how there’s a trace of him on your neck that you’re getting teased for, but you’re saying it’s all worth it because it’s your reminder of what's waiting for you back home. When Alex looks at the picture again, he can see the faint bruise that he remembers sucking on your neck in Matt’s bedroom all those years ago at that house party. It makes him smile, seeing you look like you did back when you first got together, as you don’t look that much different now. You’re still as beautiful as ever but you’ve matured and grown into your beauty. And you have tattoos now too.
There were a few poems about Alex from that summer, that he finds himself smiling as he reads. But the first one with A.T. in the corner that knocks that smile from his face is one that hits him square in the chest.
Is my timing wrong
or am I just that hard to love?
Maybe I’m just
not good enough.
You thinking that you’re not good enough injures Alex’s soul, because it was never that. Alex was just a moron who got caught up in another girl who was actually in front of him for that whole summer who gave him attention and he never should have done it. He should have waited for you to come back home. He wishes he did.
Alex can’t help but think that this will probably be the easiest one of the heart aching ones that you’ve written about him. And the fact this already has made his heart sink probably isn’t the best sign.
Your poems move on to being about Peter after that and they stay that way for a lot of pages. Alex flicks through them, not really paying too much attention to anything you write about your first boyfriend, but when Alex sees M.H.he pauses.
Nothing is wasted.
Things happen for a reason.
A kiss should be simple,
but the taste of you on
my lips that night (searing)
a beautiful complication
Simple? Then why does
my heart long for you
when I’m locked to him.
Alex quickly recognises that you must have written that when you kissed Matty whilst you were still going out with Peter. And at the same time Alex realises he can’t put himself through reading the poems you’ve written about Matty, whilst it’s beautiful, he knows he can’t do it. He promises himself this will be the last one.
The next Alex finds with his own initials on it is dated a few days after your 21st birthday. And this one was about how sweet you thought it was that he kissed you. After that, there’s endless pages that are about Matty and there are somany.
Whilst Alex is searching for his next one, he comes across a photobooth strip of pictures where you and Matty are kissing each others cheeks before finally kissing each other properly in the final photo tucked into one of the poems about him, but Alex has to skips over your words about your ex.
The next A.T. is dated early November 2007, so Alex knows that this is bound to be when you were on tour with him. And Alex knows it must be because from the context of the poem he knows that this must be about the night you finally slept together again.
Supernova
Boy you are a wild thing,
a supernova, a rush of
blood, burning desire.
(Angels could never)
You light up everything
you touch & set my
body electric.
Me and you?
Hearts true,
skin brand new.
Alex reads this one over and over again. He selfishly knows why he repeats the poem, because he knows that when he turns the page it’s going to turn nasty. Because he was so beyond nasty to you back then.
It’s still one of the biggest regrets of his life, leading both you and Alexa on. He should have never done that to either of you, but especially you. He was so stupid to disregard you like you were nothing and it will always be a splinter in Alex’s soul that he’ll never be able to get out. Just like the way the guilt is always slowly eating away at him but he buries it down these days. But reading your poems that follow make that guilt wash over him all over again.
When he turns the page, he finds it dated it dated early December 2007 which Alex knows is after you left the Favourite Worst Nightmare tour after what he did and he takes a deep breath before he reads the poem you’ve titled Betrayal:
You don’t understand
how a piece of you exists
within me. It hides convert,
burrowed in my centre.
My love, my love, my love,
I have learned to romance
ghosts with you: Men who
are all fucking talk and
zero substance. I have
learned a heart can be
feint, untouchable - even
when gripped in a fist.
I have learned you are
not mine but I have
always been yours.
Ours.
I don't understand why
I can’t kill the piece of you
that makes my heart shake.
I don’t understand how
you can look for more in her
when I have cracked open
my ribcage for you.
It makes Alex tear up, and so do the ones afterwards. There’s at least ten from December 2007 and they all progressively hurt more and more as Alex reads them. But he knows you felt so much worse than he does whilst he’s reading them and on some level he knows that he has to read them all because he deserves to feel the pain after he caused you so much more in the past.
Nothing truly gets him like the last one from that month though. You wrote this one after Christmas, the first christmas he remembers you not being at home for, and his one is called Devastation and it hits him even harder.
You are with me
in dreams sweat-soaked
and electric.
You are the reason
for this ache,
this heart burst open.
When I think of you,
the knife twists and
youyouyou,
you cripple me
even still.
You are beyond forgetting.
You are ingrained in
my blood.
What I don’t understand
is why I still care?
I am a car crash when
it comes to love:
Even when my head hits
the dashboard, I spit out
my teeth and
ask if you’re
okay.
It makes him feel sick, especially reading the end of it. The mention of a car crash wounds him as he knows what pain you went through years after you wrote this on paper what a car accident would do to you. And the fact he made you feel as if you were going through something that you later would find out to be the worst pain of your life, makes him start crying.
He’s not entirely sure how long his head rests in his hands and he cries about the way he once made you feel. Your best friend knows it’s a long while and he forces himself to read all of the sad ones before he lets himself move on.
He deserves to feel every once of your pain that he put you through. And Alex really doesn’t know how you managed to forgive him time and time again.
When he finally gets back to grips and he’s not crying anymore, Alex flicks through again, there’s a few more about Matty before they move on to being about Kyle for a while. There’s the occasional one about your friends and there's a platonic one about Alex dated in 2009 about distance and about how you send each other books.
After that a few more crop up about him that show how worried you are about him that were from 2010, after his split with Alexa and he came to stay with you. And there’s more about Matty afterwards. In fact, Matty takes up the majority of the next fifty pages which makes sense considering you were with him for so long.
The poems got Alex emotional again when it reached the year you had your accident and when you split up with Matty. Alex expects there to be a lot in there about the accident, but considering what happened with Matty, he realises that pain combined with the accident merged into one, so he still doesn’t read the ones with Matty’s initials in the corner.
One of them, though, doesn’t have any initials on it. And it’s the simplest poem but it hits Alex square in the chest.
I keep wondering
how sad do I have to be
for someone to stop insisting
everything is going to be fine?
Maybe it hits him because Alex thinks of himself as that someone who kept reassuring you at that point in your life. Despite you not putting any initials it really does seem like it could be about him.
Your poems stay about Matty for a while then, and he sees the dates move to when the AM tour started. At the beginning of that year there were a few more about Matty, probably how you felt betrayed by him going after Alex’s exes but he again skips over them until he finds his initials again. And he smiles when he does.
There are a few cute ones about the two of you getting closer again, some that suggest you want to see if you can be happy with him but with nerves because of what happened last time. They are really cute, ones that Alex wishes he could reread over and over again, but his favourite happens to have something else alongside it.
Alex opens that page and a polaroid falls out of it, one that he hasn’t seen in years but he remembers taking it. The picture of your silhouette as you sit on the decking above some American lake, and the sky is full of colour. Yellows, oranges, and reds all blurring into a stunning sunset, with the reflection of it on the water but you’re at the centre of it.
Seeing that the poem is the one that you wrote when you were sitting in his arms makes Alex’s heart beat faster, and this is definitely his favourite when he reads it.
Back To Life
This is the truth:
You touched me and the
universe fell back into place.
With you I feel infinity and
I wonder how many lives,
galaxies and red-hot nights
will live in our shared bloodstream.
Because it all boils down to
this sweet boy:
You have brought me
back to life.
It really hits him hard that one, and all of the ones after that ooze that you’re falling in love again. And knowing what happens makes Alex’s heart ache, he really could have had you be his back on tour if he’d have just asked you. If the both of you had just been direct like you were last week, you could have been together for 6 years.
Alex guesses that is at least one blessing of growing up. You all learn from your mistakes in an effort not to make the same ones again, and he’s so thankful he can finally call you his.
If he’s remembering the dates correctly, Alex reads another one that is from when you both came back home from the AM tour that is about him.
I learned to love
the most important parts of me,
because you did.
All my fear, anxieties,
quirks, and insecurities.
I overcame the struggle
because you held out
your hand and
offered to walk with me.
Whilst that warms his heart, the ones of heartbreak come next. Ones where you said that you let him go because you couldn’t be selfish to make him stay for you. Others of longing and the pain at him being so far away again and it makes Alex regret that move to LA in 2014 even more than he already did.
Reading the ones about both him and Matty make your constant heartache back in 2016 a bit easier to understand. He can tell from the way you write that you’re so confused by what you’re feeling for two different people and how overwhelming those emotions were for you. Alex starts crying at some of them because of how broken you sound in them. It made him wish he never put you through the stupid triangle.
Then the poems reflected on your 30th birthday party and the ones about him hurt him a fucking lot to read. Again, he deserves to feel that pain. It’s another of his biggest regrets to this day that he’d said that about you and used your virginity as some badge of honour. So when he reads about you actually forgiving him, he cries again in relief.
But then it gets to 2017 and something else trapped in the pages falls onto Alex’s lap. A letter.
One that just reads ‘Y/N’ on the front of it in someone's handwriting that he doesn’t quite recognise, but he knows he’s seen it before. But then it clicks after he thinks why you keep a letter in your most prized possessions, it’s important to you and important enough that you wouldn’t want to lose it. And it’s then he realises it must be the letter that Matty gave you, the one that ended up with you sleeping with your other best friend again.
For years it’s plagued Alex on what could be written in that letter - the one that's now in his hands - that made you rush to Matty and sleep with him again. It kept him up at night thinking about it in the days after you told him what happened.
He wants to know, he really does and when it clicked what it was there was no doubt in Alex’s mind that he was going to open it and read it. But when it comes to him even opening the envelope, he can’t do it.
Alex can’t bring himself to betray your trust like that. It’s unbelievable enough that you’ve even let him open your poetry diary, he can’t just open something that you’ve kept private for so long.
He trusts you enough with what you’d told him in the past and what you said last week that Matty is just your best friend. You will have had your reasons for why you got with him back then and he’s sure this letter in his hands would make him understand. But that can stay between you and Matty. Alex makes his peace with that there and then as he tucks the letter back into the pages of your diary before he starts searching for his initials again.
The 2018 poems begin and the months where you and Alex got together again the time it almost led to a proper relationship have your boyfriend really happy to read. Your writing is astounding and how you convey your feelings through your words is insane.
But Alex knows he’s about to fuck up and hurt you again. And when he reaches the poem where he does, it upsets him again.
In another life
I swallowed every reprieve
and instead
offered you a mouthful
of loathing.
Just not in this one
As he’s been reading all of the ones after this about how hurt you were after he called you what he did and you decided you didn’t want to be with him anymore. Again, entirely fair and he deserves to feel like this as he reads the following ones that also cover that heartbreak.
He reads the other ones that cover 2018, not many more are about him other than one about you meeting accidentally in your spot at the park that day.
The poem you write about your one night stand in January 2019 is amazing. You write about sex like it’s electricity and he can feel the ghost of what happened in his veins as he reads.
He wishes that you were ready for a relationship back then because he would have asked you if you wanted to settle down. It would have saved him the waste of time that was the rest of 2019 for him anyway, and he could have been with someone who actually appreciated him for the person he is instead of being used like he was. Another regret of his will always be that he foolishly didn’t believe what you said about his ex and that he hurt you with that.
The poems that start with the beginning of 2020 are beautiful and happy, but the ones that come after march are bitter in comparison. Your poems turn lonely and sad and it’s so blatantly clear to see that you weren’t doing too well. As Alex reads he can see tear stains on the old battered book that holds your emotions just as clearly as your words.
He too is balling his eyes out reading how broken you feel and he wishes you phoned him sooner than you did. He promises himself that he will never ever let you feel as upset as you clearly were for those few months and he will make sure he does that for the rest of his life.
Alex notices the dates get even more recent now. One a day after he picks you up and it's as if a light had been switched back on and you found your happiness again. And then he reads ones that slowly hint that you’re falling back in love and you say that it’s been dormant for a while but it's always been there. It makes your boyfriend emotional as his heart feels like it could burst. But then he reads ones that have been written this last week, where each of them have that A.T. in the corner and your boyfriend can’t stop crying.
21/06/20
Those little moments,
with my head on your chest
and your fingertips
drawing circles
on the base of my neck.
They are the tiny moments
you are more than my home;
you are my entire world.
~~~
22/06/20
If I were to build a house
I’d have your arms as the walls
Your eyes as the windows
Your smile as the front door
Your heart as the fireplace
And your soul as my light
And in this house
I’d place my faith
Knowing I’d finally
Found a home
~~~
23/06/20
My pen could write
for a thousand people
but it never smiles about them
the way it does for you.
I love you Alexander Turner,
my Shakespeare,
my Darling.
So much.
And then the pages go blank. You wrote that you loved him this morning and even though you’ve said it a hundred times this past week it still doesn’t seem real.
Alex closes the book and puts it down before he just lets himself cry. He’s so overwhelmed with everything that you’ve written that all of his emotions are blended into one and he just sits and cries.
The only thing Alex can make sense of is that It seemed like you both caught feelings for each other even harder at different paces. You caught them immediately whereas Alex noticed them properly about a year later and he made messy life decisions after that.
And after that you’ve been missing each other until you finally got brought together now. Alex is so beyond thankful that he has you now and he will never ever take that for granted.
He’s unsure how long he sat there reading, and now crying, but it’s long enough that you’ve made it back home. Alex hears the front door open and you’re humming as you walk through the door.
Hearing your small, “I’m home.” somehow makes him even more upset, but he can’t not get up because he needs you back in his arms now. As Alex turns the corner, you’re taking your AirPods out and putting your keys on the side and he tears up more just looking at you.
You didn’t even notice your boyfriend was coming up to you until the second before his arms wrapped around you and he gave you the biggest hug he ever has. It’s a lovely embrace that has you smiling, but it quickly turns worrying when you feel his shaky breathing and you realise he’s crying.
Just as you’re about to ask if he’s okay, you hear his choked up voice tell you, “I love you so so much, Y/N.” as he hugs you tightly.
“Alex,” Your arms wrap around him, instantly worried he’s had some bad news whilst you’ve been out. “What's wrong?”
You feel him shake his head as he cries into your neck and he just holds you tighter and “Nothing, I just love you.”
“I love you too, Al.” You promise him, giving him a big squeeze and you run your hand up and down his back trying to comfort him and coax him into telling you what's wrong.
You’re a little worried about him when he just cries for a minute in your neck before you start worrying that something bad actually has happened and he’s not telling you, “Alex come on, what's happened? What’s wrong?”
“I just read everything and I-” He chokes up when he pulls out of your hug briefly for him to wipe the tears from his face as he stumbles over his words, “I don’t know Angel. I’m overwhelmed and I-” He has watery eyes and you can tell just how much he means what he’s saying when he continues, “I just love you so much Angel… I’m so sorry I hurt you for so long.”
“Al, don't apologise.” You shake your head, and reach up to wipe his tears away, “I’m fine, I’m okay.”
“I just love you a lot. I'm so, so, so beyond sorry I put you through all that.” There’s no stopping his tears yet, and he looks broken when he cries in a choked voice, “You must hate me, I'm so, so, so sorry.”
“Alex no,” You promise him, “It's okay.”
He sounds broken when he says, “I don’t understand how can you love me when I made you feel like that?”
“Do you remember what that really clever man once said?” You ask him as you wipe his tears and he sniffles, shaking his head slightly to answer your question.
“‘The course of true love never did run smooth’, Al.” You quote A Midsummer Night’s Dream at him, before you go on to say, “I love you more now because of it all… You know I love you, you’ve just read how much I do. Please tell me you made it to the end.”
Alex nods, confirming he did, but he sniffles, “I don’t deserve it.”
“If you made it to the end then you’ve read how much I love you.” You smile at him, and the small smile he gives you back warms your heart. You really want him to believe you.
“We deserve to be happy, Shakespeare.” You wipe away the fresh tears that spill down his cheeks as you tell him softly, “It’s time to let it all go. It’s me and you against the world now.”
“Are you sure you want that?” It almost breaks your heart when you hear him ask that. “Want me?”
You nod, promising him, “I’ve never been more sure about anything.”
Tears of relief seem to flood his eyes then and he smiles at you as he savours the feeling of you gently brushing his cheeks as you look up at him with such a loving smile.
He wraps himself up into the biggest hug again and as you lean your head against his, he says, “I love you so much Y/N Y/L/N.”
You smile as you whisper into his ear, “And I love you too Alex Turner.”
~*~*~*~ Mid July 2020 ~*~*~*~
“Curly, hey!” You smile as you answer your phone.
You just quickly ran to the kitchen to grab your phone when you heard it ringing but you were pleasantly surprised to see your best friend's contact name on the screen.
“Wheels! Sweetheart!” Matty’s chipper voice comes from down the phone. “How are you? What you up to?”
“I’m good, thank you.” You tell him as you make your way back to “And I’m currently doing another box painting for the next gallery. For whenever the world gets back to normal anyway.”
“Hopefully we will get there soon,” You can hear Matty’s smile when he adds, “And oooo, what’s this one of?”
You smile as you look at your artwork. This one was just a scene you conjured up from your imagination and it turned out pretty well if you do say so yourself, “This one is a foggy forest with mountains in the back.”
“Nice one, can’t wait to see it.” Matty says and you know he’s being entirely genuine.
However, today is about him, not you.
“You’re too cute, but anyway, I can tell you over the phone properly now.” You’re grinning like a fool as you say, “I’m so fucking proud of you Matty… Notes is fucking amazing.”
Notes On A Conditional Form came out today and you’ve already had your first run through of listening to it since Alex went out earlier as you painted. It’s so different to their other albums but still has that 1975 magic that makes the songs theirs. And you’re so incredibly proud of them all.
“Thank you Sweetheart,” You can practically hear his grin, “And whilst I’ve got you, Notes was actually the reason I was calling.”
“Oh?” You smile hearing that.
“We’re doing the twitter listening party later on at seven and I wondered if you’re not busy if you wanted to come to the studio to listen with me and George?” Matty asks, and before you can get a word in, your best friend starts giving his reasons, “I just don’t want you on your own when you’re being sensible anyway so having you around for a bit isn’t going to break any rules in our mind nor should it in yours. You shouldn’t be locked down alone anyway.”
“Matty,” You start, “Thank you for the offer but I’m not on my own anymore.”
“Who you with?”
“Alex…” You trail off, really not knowing how Matty was going to take it.
You’ve sort of just kept what’s gone on between you and Alex the past month between the two of you. You hadn’t even told Adam you were giving it another try with Alex yet, you just told him when you socially distanced met up with him the day your boyfriend was reading your poetry books that you were staying at his house, not that you were back together.
“Ah, right.” Matty thinks about it for a second before hesitantly asking, “I’m guessing in more ways than one?”
You feel fucking awful, like you should have had this conversation in person and not over the phone, so you immediately say, “I’m sorry Matty, I-”
“No, no Wheels, please don’t apologise.” Matty is quick to interrupt you, “I was just asking because I didn't want to presume. I just want you to be happy.”
“That’s all I want for you too, Matty. I swear.” You promise, because you do just want him happy.
There’s nothing you want more than for him to find the girl of his dreams who can put up with his excitable ways and for someone who loves him just as much as you once did. He deserves the world and there will always be a part of you that loves him, but you’re both so much better off as best friends it's clear for you both to see now.
“Yeah, I know.” You can hear his smile and that is still present when he excitedly hints, “I’ve got news on that actually.”
“Ooo what?”
“I’ve started speaking to someone.” Matty informs you and you can hear his grin down the phone.
You gasp, completely thrilled for him, “Really?”
“Yeah.” He confirms, sounding really chuffed for himself.
“Would I know her?” Is your polite way of asking if she’s famous.
“You might.” Matty chuckles before answering, “You heard of FKA Twigs?”
“You’re kidding.” Your jaw drops and you have to pinch your nose wondering how the fuck Matty, your beautifully idiotic now skinhead Matty Healy has somehow managed to take FKA Twigs off the market. “How the fuck have you managed that Matty? She pole dances!”
“I know.” Matty laughs down the phone, clearly finding your shock funny. “I don’t know either Wheels, but it’s going really well. I was actually gunna tell you later on if you were coming round.”
You can’t stop smiling at how bloody happy he sounds, you coo down the phone, “Matty, I’m so happy for you.”
“I’m happy for you too.” Matty tells you sincerely, and your heart melts a bit when he adds, “You know I’m always here if you need me, right Sweetheart?”
“Of course I do, Curly.” You nod, wrapping an arm around yourself in an attempt to simulate one of his. You’ve missed your Matty hugs these past four months. You remind him, “I’m always a phone call away too. You know that.”
“I do.” Matty confirms which makes you smile.
You really need lockdown to fuck off so you can go and hug your friends. You will certainly never take their presence for granted ever again.
“Who knows about you and Al by the way? Does Hann know?” Matty can’t help but wonder.
“No we’ve not told anyone, we've just kept it to ourselves for the time being.” You explain, “But it’s not a secret, tell who you want. I’ll phone Adam after I’ve finished on the phone with you though.”
He chuckles mischievously, “Amazing, Twitter will have a field day.”
“Just like they did when they found out you shaved your head again.” You pointedly accuse because you’re still not happy with him.
The bastard got rid of the mohawk and left a fucking rat tail on his head, and after copious amounts of bullying from you, he finally got rid of that too. But now he just looks like a prison inmate and you need him to commit to growing his hair back.
“So other than the both of us being happy, do you have any gossip? Personal or industry will satisfy my boredom.” You ask, changing the topic of conversation so he hopefully forgets his plan to out your relationship to twitter.
Matty laughs then, but he can’t help but say, “Alex should be satisfying your boredom.”
“Oh he is,” You grin, knowing exactly what your best friend meant by that, “But I’ve gotta have a break sometimes, Curly.”
The sex you and Alex were currently having was very very nice to say the least. Lockdown was a blessing in that sense, between painting, watching shit tv, talking to each other and your friends left a lot of time for the two of you to get up to no good. And it’s needless to say, you’ve been left very satisfied.
But you can’t help but tease Matty, “Might watch a few more videos of your girlfriend pole dancing if you don’t give me some gossip.”
“Let me think.” Your best friend says quickly which makes you chuckle, but then he tells you the worst thing imaginable, “Oh yeah, so something devastating news for you actually… Catfish and the Bottlemen are no more.”
Your eyes go wide, and you gasp, “What?!”
You can imagine Matty nodding as he confirms, “They are splitting up.”
“No.” You say back in utter disbelief.
You don;t even hear the front door open, you're so in shock. All you can hear is Matty trying not to laugh as he says, “Yeah, sorry Wheels but it’s true.”
With your hand over your mouth, still in utter disbelief you ask, “But why?” like you’re a child who’s having a sulk at your toy being taken away.
“I’ve got no idea. Seems there’s been a few disagreements and shit’s hit the fan.” Matty tells you, “Apparently, they will be doing their confirmed tour dates and then that's it.”
“I’m in pain.” You're frozen to your spot, looking like your world just crumbled down as you exaggerate to Matty, “Immense pain.”
Whilst your best friend chuckles down the phone, Alex walks through the door with all of the food shopping bags on his arms, and he asks slightly concerned, “What’s wrong with you? You look like you’re about to throw up.”
As your boyfriend kisses you on top of your head, you repeat what Matty just told you, “Catfish and the Bottlemen are splitting up.”
“Yeah.” Alex nods like it’s not news to him before he turns and heads towards the kitchen.
You jump out of your seat and follow him, almost shouting, “You knew?!”
“I thought you did.” Alex says over his shoulder as he puts all the bags down in the corner of the room by the cupboards.
Matty is laughing down the phone as you say in complete disbelief, “I can’t believe you knew and you didn’t tell me.”
“Don’t cry Angel, they weren’t that good.” Alex chuckles before he starts opening cupboards and the fridge to put the food shopping away.
You jump up and sit on the kitchen island before saying, “I’m surrounded by rats.” and Matty again laughs as your boyfriend chuckles.
“Matty’s on the phone then?” Alex asks, and when you nod, you pull your phone from your ear and put him on speaker. Your boyfriend tells your best friend, “Brave of you to tell her that mate. How are you?”
“I know and good thank you, hope you are too.” Matty’s voice rings out of your phone speakers.
But you smirk and add, “Oh he’s fucking amazing with his new pole dancing girlfriend.”
“Who?” Alex turns to look at you with a surprised look.
You grin knowing he’ll be shocked when you tell him, “FKA Twigs.”
“You’re kidding?” Alex’s jaw drops exactly like yours did.
You can’t help but laugh, “That’s what I said!”
“Okay it’s getting a bit rude now and you’s can call her Tahliah,” Matty tells you and you bite your lip to stop from laughing. Matty adds though, “By the way Al… Break Wheels’ heart and I’ll punch your lights out and get George to do the same.”
“Noted.” Alex chuckles, having absolutely no intention to ever hurt you again. Changing the topic, “Speaking of notes, we’re listening to it later, right?”
“We are indeed.” You nod confirming for your boyfriend.
“Excited to hear what you think.” Matty says pleasantly, but then he feels the need to remind, “Please both of you remember I wrote it a fucking while ago.”
You chuckle at that because you know he means that songs about you are on there. But you already knew that. You were in the music video to one of them after all. But you’re excited to tweet along later as you both listen to it properly.
“Don’t worry, it's all good.” Alex chuckles, really not caring if you’re not upset by it.
Matty is entitled to write about his own experience just as much as he is.
You leave Alex to put the shopping away after the three of you chat for a little bit. You and Matty could chat for days and you probably chat for another half an hour about anything that pops into either of your heads. But then Matty remembers something that will shock you to your very soul.
“Oh fuck.” Matty says randomly as you were gossiping.
“What?”
“I forgot to tell you something…” Matty trails off.
If you were on facetime with him, you expect you’d see the hint of a grin coming onto his lips as you can tell by the way he said that. You’re sure of it.
Which is why you question, “Is it gossip?”
“It is.” Matty confirms, before correcting slightly, “Personal gossip.”
Oh, fuck yes. The best kind… Especially when it’s not about you.
You’re grinning, “Spill, now.”
“Are you sat down?” Matty asks, “You might want to be.”
“Oh fuck,” You immediately feel guilty for getting excited and not realising something could be wrong, “Is everything okay?”
“Yeah everything’s grand,” Matty thankfully eases your worries, but he still leaves you anxious as he says, “Just need you to be sitting for this.”
“Okay… You’re scaring me now. What?”
“It’s George…” He trails off again.
But you prompt him to continue, your heart beating a little faster wondering what the gossip could be, “What about him?”
Matty tells you, “He texted me earlier saying he’d managed to shag the girl he’s been after for a while.”
And just like that your hopes and dreams of George all crumble away.
You pout at that, and you sound a little grumpy as you say, “Well he’s not just shagged me so that’s a lie.”
“You wish.” Matty laughs, expecting to hear nothing else.
He can’t help but find your disappointment funny. But he knew he needed to be the one to tell you, because you’d need the news to sink in first and you’d be too polite for your own good if George told you himself.
As Matty is thinking all of this, you realise you really can’t be upset. You’ve got your man now and you’re very veryhappy with him. Maybe you’re just mourning what could have been and the jokes that can’t happen anymore.
Sighing, you brave the pain, “Come on spill... Who is it? Is she pretty? Do we know her?”
“Oh, you know her alright.” You can hear Matty’s grin.
“Do not say Alexa Chung.” You state bluntly, the idea not funny in the slightest to you.
Matty cackles at that, but he assures you, “No, you’re safe don’t worry.”
“Who’s he fucking Matty?” You urge him to tell you.
“Charli XCX.”
Your jaw falls open for the second time today, and you gasp, “No.”
“I promise you.” Matty confirms, but now you’re truly shell shocked and you’re left speechless. So much so that after a minute, your best friend makes sure you’re still there, “Wheels?”
Lucky fucking bitch.
You say as you stare into the void, “I’m deeply unwell.”
“I knew you would be.” Matty chuckles to himself as he can picture the shock on your face so clearly.
You whine, “She’s so fucking fit.”
“I know.” Matty agrees.
But you’re still thinking out loud as you complain, “They must have the hottest, switchiest sex.”
Matty cackles loudly at the pain in your voice. “I’m going to tell him you said that.”
Ignoring that comment, you carry on rambling about this fake heartbreak, “I half feel like he’s cheated on me because he’s not told me.”
Matty quite rightly asks, “Have you told him about Alex?”
“No, so I don’t have a leg to stand on but still I’m in pain right now.” You winge.
“Knew you would be.” Matty chuckles, “We’re all off the market now, Wheels. The shop has closed.”
You nod as if he can see you, but you then go on to the more pressing point, “We need to find Ross someone, stat.”
Matty agrees, “I might set him up a Raya account.”
“Do it, the man needs to get laid.” You approve, then joke, “If I wasn’t spoken for, I would.”
“Please expect the bro code, Wheels.” You can almost hear Matty’s frown.
“I’m not your bro.” You state, half offended he would call you that.
Matty chuckles, “You’re my best friend, you are.”
And just as you’re about to argue that you’re had sex with him before so you’re not his bro, Matty swears, “Oh fuck.”
You’re worried for a split second, “What?”
“I’m late for my Zoom meeting with Jamie,” Matty panics a little, but nothings wrong so you take a breath of relief as your best friend apologises, “Sorry Wheels, I completely forgot and he’s ringing me.”
You just chuckle, “Ever the professional.”
“Sorry Sweetheart.”
“It’s alright.” You smile, “Speak to you soon, love you lots Curly.”
“Love you too, bye Wheels.” Matty quickly bids you farewell.
“Bye.” You say back and when the call ends you stand yourself up.
It’s almost too much news to take in. You have to take a breath as you wonder back to the kitchen where you can hear your boyfriend starting to cook.
After you put your phone on charge, you walk up behind him and wrap your arms around his waist.
“Al.” You mumble as you hug his back.
“Yes Angel?”
“Don’t suppose you’ve ever thought about a foursome?” You ask, unable to stop yourself.
Alex chuckles, “With Matty and Twigs, no.”
You laugh a little too as that was definitely not who you were meaning. You correct him, “No, with George and his new girl.”
“Who’s his new girl?” Alex asks absentmindedly, no matter the answer he’s not going to change his mind.
You still can’t believe George has managed to land the stunning woman, “Charli XCX.”
Alex turns towards you at this point, looking just as shocked as you, “You’re kidding?”
“Nope.” You confirm it’s true.
“Christ,” Alex chuckles, “The pandemic has done the rounds for bringing couples together, hasn't it?”
“I know, I know.” You nod, and go back to having a silent moment with him, once again hugging his back whilst he cooks.
But after a minute, you ask again, “So… the foursome?”
Alex snorts, before telling you, “Get out of my kitchen, woman.”
~*~*~*~ 30th November 2020 ~*~*~*~
“I don’t think we’re ever going to find one, Angel.” Alex sighs as you both get in the car after another disappointing house viewing.
You try to keep both of your hopes up by assuring, “We will.” as you do your seatbelt and get comfy as Alex starts the car.
Your boyfriend just looks visibly deflated though, which is how you’re currently feeling too but you’re trying not to let it get you down. The both of you decided that you wanted to find a home together, because you wanted to build a life together that was your own.
Originally it was Alex’s idea, because he didn’t want to refer to it as your flat or his house, he wanted it to be both of yours together. He wanted to restart with you and you were certainly up for it. You’re really not attached to your flat in London at all, and you’ve been living with Alex since June so you’re certainly up for it.
But the current search hasn’t been going too well.
“Each one has so many cons and it’s infuriating.” Alex huffs as he waits for the car to de-mist. He turns to you and holds up each of fingers for the cons, “Either no studio space or no music room space. It's either all dark and dingy and needs too much doing to it.”
“I understand Al,” You nod, getting what he means entirely, “Nowhere has felt like a home.”
He runs a hand through his once again prince charming hair, but he looks at you and sighs, “We couldn't raise a family in any of the ones they’ve shown us.”
The both of you have talked about your futures a lot recently and the prospect of starting a family has been talked about. Neither of you want anything right now, but the option being left open is certainly something you’re happy with.
You just continue to tell your boyfriend, “We will find somewhere.” as you grab his hand and lace your fingers together.
Alex gives your hand a squeeze and he kisses the back of it before sounding slightly upset as he admits, “I’m losing hope and that's really sad.”
You give him a sad smile hearing that but you do understand. You’ve not liked any yet either and it does get the both of you down. But you just try to stay optimistic but also realistic. It really isn’t the end of the world.
“Well we have the viewing later today and if that goes shit, how about we just put a hold on moving?” You suggest, “We’re not moving because we desperately have too, we’re just doing it for better convenience for the both of us.”
Alex looks like he’s about to argue, but you get to him first and say, “It’s really not that much of an issue me going to the flat to sort the paintings out. I can survive a bit longer.”
“I know, but I also want to make a home with you like we talked about.” Alex sounds so defeated and you just make him lean across the car to hug you for a few seconds.
“Home for me is where you are.” You tell him as you kiss his cheek, “So I’m perfectly fine in the house for a bit longer, Al. I’m in no rush... Let's just see how later goes and if we get a good feeling about it we can see.”
Alex nods and lets you go, grabbing your hand again as he nods, “Yeah, you’re right.”
“I always am.” You chuckle and squeeze his hand, “You never know, the one later is a little further out of the city. More room there. And if you want to, I don't mind not being in London, we can go back home and look up there.”
Alex smiles at that idea, but he outs himself for not being able to wait around for anything, “I just can’t wait to build a life with you any longer. Need everything now.”
You grin at him and lean over to steal a kiss as you tell him, “I love you, Mr Impatient.”
“Love you too, Angel.” Alex mumbles against your lips as he kisses you back.
~*~*~*~
“So this one has most of the things you were asking for.” Your estate agent Anna tells you as the three of you walk up the drive of the gorgeous looking house.
“Lots of natural light, which I know you wanted for your art studio, Y/N. There's another decent sized room that could easily be turned into a home studio for you, Alex. It’s a little bigger than you wanted, but more space is never a bad thing.” She goes on to tell you as she gets the keys to the house out. “It's a four bed, two bathroom. Master has an ensuite, and there's an open plan kitchen and dining area. And the lounge is fairly big with a fireplace. There's also a pretty much brand new conservatory on the back and a big garden too.”
“Well it certainly sounds good.” You smile as she starts unlocking the doors, “Looks it too from the outside.”
The drive can easily fit a few cars on there which is nice, and there's a tree that currently has no leaves in the corner too. The outside of the house looks huge, somewhere that you would dream of living when you were a teenager and never imagining it would be possible for you to have. You just hope inside lives up to the outside.
Anna smiles at you both, and she says, “Fingers crossed this is the one for you both, I have a good feeling,”
“Let's hope it’s a good one.” Alex nods as she opens the front door.
Anna gives you the tour around and you must admit the more things you see of this house, the more you can see the potential in it. This is one of the few that you’re actually letting yourself get excited about.
The room Anna thought about as your art studio is perfect, there's enough natural light so you could paint in there and there's enough room to store your paintings and all your supplies too. There’s nothing you don’t like about it.
And Alex seems to like the room that she envisioned as his studio. You could already picture his guitars on the walls, a drum kit in there, a keyboard, there was enough room for everything.
The lounge is fucking huge, bigger than the two of you need but it’s cosy and if theres a future where the two of you ever decide to expand your family the house certainly accommodates to it. The joint kitchen and dining room is astounding too, you wouldn't change a thing in there, you love all the units and so does Alex.
Upstairs is just as good. All the bedrooms and the bathroom are beautiful and the only thing you would change about them would be giving them some colour on the bare white walls. You can certainly picture yourself and Alex in the master bedroom too. The whole house is stunning and the both of you get that excited feeling in your stomach as you look around.
Anna lets you wonder around by yourselves for a little bit where you get the relief of knowing that the other person has a good feeling about this house too. And as you come back downstairs, you realise you’ve not looked outside yet or been in the conservatory.
“Do we get to the back garden through the conservatory, Anna?” You ask, looking back to her setting her iPad down on the kitchen island.
“Yes there is a door in there and there's a door in the utility room too, but feel free to go out that way, the key should be in the door.” She smiles.
Both of you think that the conservatory has the potential to be very cosy, and there’s no neighbours facing this way either, the garden just seems to be surrounded by trees so it gives the garden some privacy which the both of you like.
“Lets go check outside.” You suggest as you slip your coat back on, and Alex follows you out.
It's a nice big garden. Big enough for your friends to come over for a BBQ in the summer, or if your family did expand a swingset, trampoline, or a pool could easily be put up and little ones could still run around it freely.
Even though most of the trees have currently lost their leaves due to the time of year, you still feel like this is a lovely place. Lots of light gets into the garden and you know even when all the leaves come back it won't feel suffocating. You really love this house and Alex agrees with you when you say it as you head back inside with him.
“What did you think?” Anna asks as she steps into the conservatory to meet you.
You nod, “It’s lovely.” and Alex nods agreeing with you.
“It really is, especially in spring and summer.” Anna smiles, and she looks out of the window and nonchalantly adds, “That cherry blossom tree makes the garden look beautiful.”
Instantly you and Alex look at each other like you’ve missed something. Because you’re certain you would have seen a cherry blossom tree outside if there was one.
It’s Alex that questions it, “Pardon?”
“That tree at the end of the garden,” Anna points to the big tree with no leaves at the very end of the garden, “It's a cherry blossom… When it's spring it blooms and looks stunning. I’ll find the pictures for you.”
You and Alex look at each other then as the estate agent looks through her iPad and both of you share the same look. The both of you entirely full of hope and you're sure the warm feeling must have hit his chest like it just did yours.
“There you go,” Anna hands her device over to you which shows an image of the back garden with all the trees in bloom.
But there’s a huge stunning cherry blossom tree in the centre of it, and it looks stunning. It looks like the one you painted on the big canvas that Alex secretly bought at your gallery.
Anna adds, “It’s the same as the small one out the front.” and she swipes on her screen which shows a smaller cherry blossom which is clearly the tree on the drive that had lost its leaves.
Both you and Alex look at each other again, this time with smiles tugging on both of your lips and you just know. If this isn’t a sign, you don’t know what is.
In reality, the both of you know that there is no need to look around again because you’ve both fallen completely in love with the house. The cherry blossoms have just confirmed it for you.
Regardless though, just to confirm it, you take another look around all the rooms as if you don’t know that you both want this house. And when you meet Anna at the front door, Alex grabs your hand and you smile at each other before your boyfriend says, “We would like to make an offer please.”
~*~*~*~ 7th April 2021 ~*~*~*~
“Hey!” You smile brightly as you open the door to your cousin and his girlfriend, “Come in, come in.”
“God, I'm so glad to see you Carly.” You say as you pull her into a hug, “I’ve missed you loads.”
“I’ve missed you too.” She says as she hugs you back.
As Alex greets your cousin, you tell her when you pull out of the hug and admire her long hair, “Gosh, every time I see your hair I wish mine was still as long.”
“It’s growing back.” She grins as she twists a strand of your hair.
You chuckle, “Yeah, just not fast enough.”
At that point the both of you turn to the two men. And you can’t help the massive grin that comes to your face when you look at Adam.
“Bro,” You grin as you hug your cousin, “It’s good to see you.
“And you B,” He tells you as he gives you a tight squeeze, “Missed you loads.”
“I know, these lockdowns need to fuck off.” You let him go as he says, “Really hoping that was the last one.”
From January to March this year, there was another lockdown in the UK. One that was a blessing and curse. A curse because the country was suffering from high Covid rates again, but a blessing because in those 3 months you had got the keys to yours and Alex’s house and you finished making it your own.
“I think it will be,” Adam is clearly hoping that was the end of another bout of self isolation too, “Don't think the country will survive another.”
You nod, agreeing, “Can’t wait to get back to normal.”
Adam hums in agreement and then he looks around the hall and around what he can see of your new home and says, “The house is stunning.”
“Ahh thank you.” You smile, the pride washing over you when you take a look around yourself.
Carly asks the both of you, “Did you get everything finished during the lockdown?”
“Yeah, we did.” Alex nods, and he grins at the memories of the both of you covered in paint in domestic bliss.
Getting this house with you was certainly one of the best ideas he’d ever had and he would change nothing about it for the world. And on the rainy days recently, Alex had loved cuddling up with you in the conservatory where you would read aloud for the both of you as he was playing with the ends of your hair and his eyes would flick between you and the cherry blossom tree that had started to bloom at the bottom of your garden.
“Come on,” You link Carly's arm and say, “We’ll give you the tour.”
You take them round your home and you find yourself really proud to show it off. You’ve made it your own and every room that you walk into, you feel that pride that you felt each time you finished decorating a room during lockdown as you show them your home.
Once you’ve given the tour, you all walk into the kitchen so you can make them a drink. It’s so nice to have them around, you’ve really missed everyone again over the lockdown, you just can’t wait for things to go back to normal now.
And you’re really excited for your little housewarming party in a month's time. You can’t wait to have all your friends back together.
“It's gorgeous B.” Adam smiles as you hand him his cup of tea.
You grin, “Thank you.” as you take your seat next to Alex.
“Was talking about Alex's studio but sure the rest is nice.” Adam teases you.
But you just shake your head and tell him, “You’re a little shit.” as Carly nudges him for you.
All of you chat for a while and you have a really good catch up. You talk of how lockdown treated you all, about how you really hope life will get back to normal soon. You laugh about your funny lockdown stories over lunch and you can’t remember the last time you’ve had so much fun.
Well actually, you can remember the last time. It was in November when you finally got to hang out with all of your favourite people once again back up in your old flat, and Y/B/F and Charlie were back living together as the fact you all now had a vaccine on the horizon made the future look a whole lot brighter.
You felt like your family was whole again. Your Monkeys and your 1975 boys and your best friends all in one place. It felt like a birthday party, you were so happy.
Of course, you still got the flirty banter from George which Alex didn’t mind about, but what made your boyfriend giggle was when Charli started flirting with you too and you all but crumbled at it. Matty was still a terror and the banter between you was still exactly the same, he bullied you for anything and everything and you did the same to him.
That day you took it easy on him though because his girlfriend FKA Twigs aka Taliah had joined the party, but you did tell him that you were really happy he was happy in a moment you had when you joined him for some fresh air when he went out on your old fire escape to smoke. You really hoped for the best for him as he’d been with her for a while by that point and it was easy for you to see he was in love with her.
It was such a good day, and you’re remembering it fondly in an anecdote before you and Alex clear all the plates and make your cousin and his beautiful girlfriend another brew. Once you both return and all of you wonder into your lounge, you notice that the couple take each other's hands and seem to silently communicate with each other before smiling and looking back towards you.
“We’ve got to tell you something.” Carly smiles at the both of you and she grabs Adam’s hand making the statement even more suspenseful.
“Oh?” You smile, feeling like you know what this could be.
You and Y/B/F bet back on that day in November that in the next 6 months Adam would propose to Carly. And Alex knew about this bet too so you both glanced at each other subtly thinking that this really could be it, which makes you hold your breath with a nervous eagerness to hear what they have to say.
But then you’re shocked to your very soul.
“We're having a baby.” Adam grins at you.
Your eyes go wide with excitement, but you lose your words as you look between them, “You’re… you’re…”
“Yeah.” Carly nods, understanding your speechlessness.
“Oh my,” You trail off, immediately tearing up as you and Alex both stand up to hug the parents to be. Both of you say at the same time, “Congratulations.”
Adam makes a beeline for you, which you find really cute because you were going to go for Carly first. But you embrace your cousin so tight and you really don’t want to let him go.
You can hear Alex congratulating Carly whilst you and Adam just silently hug each other as you try not to sob down his ear. You think the hug says a lot more than you ever could.
You love the man in your arms like he’s your brother and you’ve so beyond happy for him. He deserves nothing but happiness and this is going to be the happiest thing to ever happen in your family.
“You’re going to be a Dad.” You cry happy tears as you squeeze him in the tightest hug you ever have, “I’m so happy for you Ads.”
“Thank you B.” Your cousin sounds a little choked up too.
You think about just how amazing he’s going to be with a baby and you can’t help but repeat yourself in a little chuckle of disbelief, “I can’t believe you’re going to be a Dad.”
Adam laughs, “Neither can I.”
“I’m going to spoil baby Hann rotten.” You promise him, already formulating a plan for everything you’re going to do for this child.
“Oh, I have no doubt.” Adam chuckles before you give each other another big squeeze and you let go to see he’s just as teary eyed as you.
You smile and wipe away his tears for him but you don’t bother to do your own because as soon as you look at Carly the waterworks start again. She’s tearing up a bit too as you trap her in a long hug.
“I'm so beyond happy for you, Carly.” You tell her and she thanks you as Alex tells Adam how elated he is for him.
You and Carly hug each other for a while too, probably too long but it feels like the both of you need it. And you’re giggling in each other's arms for a few minutes as you talk about how happy you are for them both and you promise her too that you will spoil her child rotten.
When you finally let go of her, you all sit back down but you’re far more invested in this conversation than you have been with anyone ever before.
Alex asks Carly with a bright smile, “How far are you?”
“Twelve weeks.” She grins.
“Who knows?” You have to ask, because you need to silently scream about this to someone after they have gone.
“Just the parents and now you two.” Adam tells you, “Had to come and tell my sister before the rest of them.”
Once again, the love and pride you feel for them being in your family and now making their own hits you square in your chest. You’re so overjoyed for them. You can’t wait to phone your Aunt as soon as Adam leaves.
“You’re gunna be a proper Auntie.” Adam grins and that makes your heart burst and tears threaten to come to your eyes again.
Alex pulls you into a little side hug as he laughs as he tells your cousin, “You’re going to have her sobbing.”
“I saw your eyes well up Turner, it’s not all on her.” Adam outs him which makes you giggle a little as Alex’s hug brings you some comfort.
“Are you going to find out if it's a little boy or girl?” You have to ask them.
And Carly excitedly tells you, “No, we’re going to wait.”
“I’m so so happy for you.” Is the one thing you keep repeating.
After talking and congratulating them for another 5 minutes, Adam nudges Carly with an excited look on his face and says, “We better go and tell the others.”
“Who are you telling today?” You have to ask so you don’t blab about it to someone you’re not meant to.
“The boys.” Adam grins, “Can’t not tell them.”
You chuckle a little as you think about it, “You’re going to make Matty cry.”
“What an early birthday present for him, ey?” Carly grins as she gets up to hug you, “But we’re telling him last because he will tell the others before we get a chance to.”
Alex laughs hearing that, “Probably a good idea.” as he pulls Adam into a hug.
“Yeah I know my big mouthed best mate well.” Adam laughs, hugging your boyfriend goodbye.
As you hug Carly, you promise her, “Your little one is going to get so spoiled.”
“I know.” You can hear her smile.
And when you pull away from the hug, you look down towards her stomach and you say directly to baby Hann, “I promise I'll give you all the chocolate you want. I’ll be the best Auntie ever.”
Carly giggles at that and when you look back up at her, she assures you, “You will be.”
“I love you,” You have to hug her again after that, “You’re going to be the best Mum in the world and thank you so much for making my little brother happy and giving him his own family.”
“We love you.” Carly tears up hearing you say that and she gives you a tight squeeze before she pulls back and puts a hand on her stomach and says, “And we can’t wait to meet this little one. He’s going to love you just as much as we do.”
“If you need anything please let me know.” You offer, “Anything, honestly.”
“Well, we might rope you into painting some animals or something in the nursery.” Adam grins as he moves so he can hug you now.
“Just say the word, I’ll bring everything, I’ll do anything.” You offer up your services, as it would be an honour to do for them. You can already picture the room that they would use in their house, it will be so cute.
“You’re going to be the best Dad.” You tell Adam as you squeeze him tightly.
“Don’t make me cry any more.” Adam laughs, “It’s been an emotional few months.”
“I bet.” You giggle before you tell him sincerely, “I love you so much Bro.”
Adam squeezes you tightly, “I love you too B.”
After the couple leave, you and Alex have a silent scream together, entirely buzzing that the family is going to be extended. Alex can’t help but feel like it's his brother that’s having a baby too, he feels just as happy as when all the other Monkeys told him that they were expecting.
But this hitting you so hard as it's your actual family has him feeling the joy even more intensely, and Alex fully intends to marry you one day so Adam is his actual family now too. Both of you know it’s the lives of being an only child that makes it feel even more special, but you’ve never felt so happy for someone before.
“Auntie Y/N/N and Uncle Alex, ey?” Alex brings you out of your thoughts. “Great ring to it.”
“It does, doesn’t it?” You grin and you get a little emotional again.
But that happens for the rest of the day. When you phone your Aunt up, you get in your feelings about hoping that you’ll be as good of an auntie as her to baby Hann and both of you just cry on the phone to each other for a long while as you wait for the others to find out.
You cry when each of the boys phone you after they have been told. It’s unsurprising they started with Ross as he is the most calm and collected of them all. And then they went to George and then Matty and by the time Matty found out it was about 6pm.
Instead of phoning you like he was going to, Matty drove to yours and Alex’s house in the rain so he could get excited with you both in person. And the three of you really did. You were planning gifts for them, Matty had a few ideas of things he wanted to commission you to paint for them (things you will absolutely not be charging for).
The other boys came round later in the evening too to join you and you all had the best time. You did phone Adam and Carly to come back too but they were driving up to Sheffield so they could tell Y/B/F and Charlie before going back to Manchester to tell more of your family.
All of you toast to Adam, Carly, and Baby Hann and the cutest family in the world that they will be. And with how much everyone in your house adores that couple, you know you’re all going to be the happiest family. You have no doubt at all.
~*~*~*~ 11th June 2021 ~*~*~*~
“Do you fancy a road trip?” You question your boyfriend as he stops playing his guitar. You walk into his music room and stand behind him as he’s on his stool to hug him from behind and you pre-warn him, “It’s a long one.”
Alex asks you curiously as he stops playing, “Where to?”
“Well it’s this place right, and someone wrote a song about it.” You try and fail to hold your grin as you answer him without actually answering him, “But it’s going to take us more than a forty-five minute drive to get there but not quite a seven hour flight.”
Alex puts his guitar down hearing and twists around on his stool. You see a surprised yet pleased look on his face, but his smile is bright when he wraps his arms around your waist and asks, “You wanna go back home?”
“Yeah,” You nod, wrapping your arms around his neck as you smile. “I need to go to my old house. My tenants are moving out so I need to decorate and get it back on the market.”
Your boyfriend's smile gets so much bigger hearing that and he excitedly grins, “So we’re going back to 505?”
“Yes.” You giggle loving the grin on his face, “About a week's trip if you’re willing to help me decorate?”
Alex leans forward to kiss you sweetly before nodding, “Course I will.” because there isn’t a chance he would miss going back to where it all started.
“Amazing.” You grin and because you’re a fool and you’re completely and hopelessly in love with the man in front of him, you quickly sit on his lap and shout over to your Amazon speaker, “Echo, play 505 by Arctic Monkeys.”
And Alex chuckles as the song begins to play before he pulls you into a kiss.
~*~*~*~
Walking into your old home after your tenants handed you the keys back was a little strange. Obviously the place had been gutted and it was back at its barebones, almost exactly how you left it years ago.
Alex joined you at the front door after the family drove away and he held your hand as you unlocked the house and stepped inside. It’s been years since you actually had to come back into this house, and it’s a little eerie being back.
Memories of your childhood and teenage years flood back to you, both happy and sad ones as you both walk around the lounge, dining room, and kitchen. This home ultimately just makes you miss your Dad though, that's the overall feeling when you first walk in.
The memories of you and your friends chilling out in the lounge or kitchen come back to you and make you smile as you wonder back around the rooms that used to be the only home you knew. You find yourself getting really nostalgic as you walk around.
You only have very few memories of your Dad, but the ones you remember of him playing with you when you were a child, you tell Alex as you pass the spots in your old home that they happened in. Alex smiles and asks you questions about him and you answer all of them. You love that he wants to know more about him and what he was like.
Alex was always one of the few friends that always had asked what your Dad was like and that was something you appreciated because you didn’t want to bury his memory like your Mum usually does. So you tell him anecdotes that you either remember yourself or that you’ve been told about as you explore the hold house.
The stories were more family based whilst you were down the stairs, but as soon as you go up the stairs and you open the door to your old bedroom, you go silent. With Alex only a step behind you, the wave of nostalgia really hits you. For the briefest second, when you opened the door you could picture it as your bedroom again.
The old box TV constantly on the music channel in the corner, the low bed, your drawings pinned to your wall, your fairy lights hanging around your window, sheets upon sheets of poetry you printed off for free at school littering your floor. As you step into the room, you can practically picture everything clear as day.
Something feels lighter about being in the room now than it did the last time you were in it. You remember not wanting to be in this house so badly when you left it in 2008, but now it feels less bitter and it only brings back the good memories.
Memories must be flooding back to Alex too, because as you look around Alex watches you as he leans against your door frame and he smiles as he quietly says, “Where it all began, hey?”
Your cheeks go hot hearing that and you try not to grin like an idiot. The memories of that night really hit you hard as you're standing in this room and it's unsurprising when you get a little flustered and have to look away from him.
“How long after did you write the song?” You have to ask as you sit on the edge of the bed frame that the family had left behind.
“God,” Alex chuckles, “It was in the drafts for a while.”
Your boyfriend walks into the room and sits down on the floor in front of you then, looking up at you as he recalls, “I think some of it straight after… But it was mostly when I started thinking about you again when we became really close friends that it got all horny.”
“Teenage you was something else.” You giggle.
“Was just thinking back to us in here every time I saw you and my mind went straight down the gutter.” Alex owns up to it. “Rarely stopped thinking about you Angel.”
You smile hearing your nickname being said in the room he first said it in. But you can’t help but point that out, “You called me that for the first time in here.”
“Almost in the exact same positions, just swapped.” Alex grins, remembering it fondly.
You hum in amusement, “Yeah, didn’t take me giving you head to call it me this time.”
“God,” Alex groans a little, playfully saying, “That was the best night of my life.”
“Not exactly what I recall you saying last weekend, but sure, we will go with the night we lost our virginities.” You laugh a little then as Alex gets to his knees to shuffle forward to kiss you and shut you up.
He kisses you like you’ve both got all the time in the world, which you guess you do. Your fingers lace into his hair which if styled differently, he could probably look like he did back when the both of you lost your virginities.
Alex playfully bites your bottom lip to pull you into another kiss when you went to pull away from him, but you indulge him for a little longer. You try your best not to smile and ruin the moment but it gets a little difficult because you’re so happy.
Your heart feels like it could burst out of your chest with how much you love the man that’s kissing you. You just know he’s it for you, your everything, and the fact you're in the room where it all started has you a little emotional.
When you eventually pull away, you lean your forehead against his just to savour the moment with him.
After a silent minute, it’s Alex who asks as he pulls back and looks around the blank room, “So where do you want to start?”
“Trip to B&Q and get the beige and white paints for all the rooms and we paint the days away?” You think out loud.
Alex nods approving of your plan and he smiles as he sits back on the floor.
“Sorry it’s a little boring.” You apologise in advance.
You know this won’t be as much fun as you both decorating your house because you’re basically taking the house's character away to let whoever ends up moving in to have a blank canvas to make their own. It will be a lot of boring white, grey, and beige painting of walls for the both of you.
But Alex shakes his head and assures you, “Nothing’s boring with you.”
That makes your heart ache with the love that you have for him again. And instead of saying it for the millionth time today, you show him in your own special way.
You smile as you tap your collarbone and you adore the way that your boyfriend’s face lights up completely. Alex’s own heart swells seeing you tap the words he once wrote you that have proudly displayed on your body and whilst he wants to tell you that he loves you verbally again, he settles for smiling back at you and tapping his own collarbone.
~*~*~*~ June 24th 2021 ~*~*~*~
Today you’ve given yourself the afternoon off painting 505 because it’s your birthday tomorrow and Y/B/F asked if you’d come round and see her which you and Alex currently are doing.
You’ve made plans to go out with them both for your birthday tomorrow and you’d had a great catch up with them. But you and Alex are currently in your old bedroom boxing up the last of your things to move down to your new home.
Both you and your boyfriend were left to do this after your best friend and her fiancé asked if you wouldn’t mind. Of course with not living with her at all anymore, you said it was fine and going through your stuff really wasn’t a hardship. It felt like you were going through your old memories with each thing that you picked up.
Alex is of course being a gem and helping you. And he’s currently taking all of your old books from your shelves and boxing them up for you as you collect the last of your shit from the drawers under your desk.
You’ve been going through things for about half an hour now, and you’ve already filled 3 boxes of stuff when Alex asks, “You’ve never read this have you?”
And when you turn to see which book he means, you immediately know he’s right. You never ended up reading that book he gave you.
It was the book he hand delivered to you that day you were packing to go back over to your Aunt and Uncles for their wedding. The same day Matty came around a little after him and they both made you try your dress on for them, and you remember just thanking Alex for the book and putting it straight on your shelf where you clearly forgot to pick it back up and read it.
“No, I guess we sent that many to each other I never got around to that one. I'm sorry.” You apologise as you walk over to him.
“It’s okay…”Alex smiles, genuinely not minding as it was only an old poetry book at the end of the day. Lot of memories in this book.”
“How'd you mean?” You ask.
Alex taps the book a few times before he reveals, “This was sort of the final nail in the coffin for me and Alexa.”
Of all things, you really weren’t expecting Alex to say that.
“What?” You ask a little dumbfounded.
Alex sighs like he’s finally just got something off his chest, “Yeah.” And you see that he then checks a page near the back of the book and reads over whatever it is before he smiles slightly and closes it again.
Still confused about why a book Alex ended up giving to you helped end his relationship with his ex, you end up needing to get clarity, “I thought that yours and Alexa’s schedules-”
“It was that.” Alex jumps in, confirming your right, “But when she came back to the flat in New York when we were on the break before we properly split, just after we were talking things out she found that book and she read the quote in the back that I annotated about a month after we started on the break of sorts.”
“I don’t remember you telling me about a break.” You say honestly, because you just remember how heart wrenched he was about the split.
“I didn’t want to tell you.” Alex tells you honestly, “I didn’t tell anyone, until now I guess.”
“I loved her but I wasn’t in love with her anymore and this proved it.” Alex shakes the book in his hand, not looking sad about anything, maybe just a little nostalgic which you understand.
But you can’t say you’re not curious when Alex explains, “She wasn’t angry or upset with what she saw, probably the reason why we’re still on alright terms because we’d been growing apart for a while before that anyway… But yeah, she read that and she was moving her stuff the same afternoon, and the day after I was on the phone to you telling you I was coming home.”
It seems a lot to process as you’ve not heard about any of this before now. But you have to know what’s been lying dormant on your shelf all these years.
“What did you write?” You ask curiously.
Alex hands you the book, his finger holding the page open for you, “Read it.”
And when you open it, you really weren’t expecting what you found.
~~~
“I fell in love with her courage, her sincerity, and her flaming self-respect. And it’s these things I’d believe in, even if the whole world indulged in wild suspicions that she wasn’t all she should be. I love her and that’s the beginning and end of everything.”
- F. Scott Fitzgerald
This is how I feel about you Angel, always and forever. AT x
~~~
“You're an idiot.” You shake your head as you read the quote and his writing over and over again.
Alex knows he is. The month that he and Alexa went on their break he had been leaning on your friendship so much more and just from that month and every other part of your history, it made him realise his huge mistake.
And reading that poetry book that he found in particular which was all about love, it made him think so much of what he had felt for you in the past and what never really went away, and not what he was feeling for Alexa anymore. It was when he knew he needed to call it off for good.
Alexa just happened to pick up the book to see if it was hers but when she opened it and saw that at the back, they both knew it was time. Time to separate and go back home and for him to deal with his real feelings.
Alex doesn’t expect it, but when you look back up at him he sees that you’re a little teary eyed when you say, “You could have saved us a lot of time if you told me I needed to read this back when you handed it to me.”
Your heart feels like it's swelling and aching with longing in your chest as you tell your boyfriend, “This is the shit I dreamed of happening to me when I was younger.”
Alex pulls you into a hug, and you hold him tightly still not fully believing that has been on your shelf for the past decade and you’d not once touched it.
Your boyfriend makes you chuckle when he playfully says, “I think it’s your fault you didn’t read it sooner, if I'm honest.”
Knowing he’s only joking, you chuckle as you say earnestly, “I really wish I had done now.” and you hold him impossibly closer.
“It's always been you Y/N/N,” Alex tells you, and he kisses your temple before he admits, “Just took me a long while to realise it.”
You genuinely have to take a few minutes in his arms to process it, and when you eventually do, you look up at the love of your life and tell him once again, “I love you, Shakespeare.”
“I love you so much more, Angel.” Your boyfriend smiles before he leans down and kisses you sweetly.
Just as you’re about to let each other go and get back to your separate jobs, a voice shouting the both of you stops you.
“You two best not be shagging in the baby's future room!” You hear Y/B/F yell but it makes you and Alex stop dead.
You’re frozen in your spot for a solid few seconds just looking at your boyfriend as you both process the words you just heard. You have to ask him, “Did she just?”
“She did.” Alex answers immediately and he looks to your old bedroom door.
Both of you walk towards it and immediately walk back into the lounge seeing Y/B/F and Charlie sitting there with grins on their faces. You don’t have to ask because you know from the look on her face that she said that on purpose and that she is pregnant.
But you don’t blame Alex for wanting the confirmation, “Are you?”
Both of them nod before saying, “We’re pregnant.”
The way you dive for Y/B/F would be funny to her if she wasn’t already getting teary. The hug she receives is the best and biggest you’ve probably ever given each other but how can you not when your best friend since you were 3 years old has just told you that she’s expecting her own baby.
This is again another thing you really weren’t expecting to happen today and the mascara running down your cheeks is enough proof of that. You sit and cry with your best friend for a solid five minutes as you get information out of her.
“You can’t tell anyone yet, it's too early, but I missed my period and only just realised.” She tells you as you wipe each other's tears away, “Charlie got us in with his friend for a quick scan after the test came back positive… I’m ten weeks.”
Tears are freely running down your face when you ask, “When did you find out?”
“Yesterday.” She tells you, “I was going to phone you, but then Charlie phoned his friend and got us the appointment for yesterday afternoon just to make sure everything was fine because I didn’t know and I’ve had a few drinks this past month.”
“And everythings okay?” You have to know before she continues explaining.
“Yeah, everything's fine.” Y/B/F nods, getting emotional again as she confirms, “We’re all fine and healthy. ”
Your best friend grabs your hand as she continues, “And then I was going to tell you to come last night but you’d already texted asking if you could come today and I wanted to tell you both in person.”
She looks at Alex then and you look at him for the first time since you found out and it makes you more emotional when you see he’s all teary eyed for her. You can see the love he has for her plain as day on his features and you feel like you probably look the exact same. This is just as important to you as finding out Adam is having a baby.
You get a little nostalgic, thinking back to the days when you used to think about this moment in your futures, and you ask your best friend, “Remember when we always thought we’d both find out if one of us was pregnant when we’re with each other?”
“I was telling Charlie.” She laughs nodding, and looks at her fiance who looks just as emotional as the rest of you.
“She said you’d be pissed she wasn’t with you when she did the test.” The nurse tells you with a little laugh.
“Not angry, don't worry.” You chuckle and wipe away your tears, “Just very very happy.”
And after you give your best friend a kiss on her cheek you get up to give Alex a moment with her whilst you open your arms up to her fiance.
“Charlie, give me a hug please.” And he doesn’t hesitate to wrap his arms around you tightly.
You hug and talk for a little while as you tell him how happy you are for the both of them. And of course you cry a little, but for you and Charlie that’s standard. That’s how your friendship began and you don’t plan on changing anything about that.
And then you think about what brought him into your life and you can’t believe that it was almost 8 years ago now.
“Don’t shout at me for saying it, but I really never thought I would say it and actually mean it,” And you’re entirely honest when you say, “But I’ve never been so happy that car crash happened.”
And you do actually mean it. You’d go through it all again if it meant everyone in your life would be as happy as they are right now.
“Shut up, you idiot.” Y/B/F scorns you straight away but you don’t care. But she does make you smile when she says, “I would have found him anyway... It was fate we would meet. I have no doubt about it.”
“I do too.” You laugh a little, having no doubt about it. But then you look at your best friend and really look at her and how happy she is and tears spring to your eyes again. You can’t help but tell her, “God, I love you so much.”
“I love you too.” She pulls you in for another big hug and you wish you could stay in it forever.
You truly love this woman more than any other on the planet. Yes, you always call George your soulmate but in reality it’s this woman in your arms that has got you through every part of your life. And you’ll love her forever for being there for you as much as she has.
You can’t wait for her to have this baby and eventually marry Charlie who is the person that makes her the happiest in the world… Wait, the wedding.
“And before the wedding,” You shake your head and look down at her stomach and tap it gently, gently scorning the baby, “You’re ruining the hen party I’ve planned out, young one.”
They are due to get married in 2 months time. After all the push backs they have had because of the pandemic, you know they won't postpone again, but this means you definitely can’t be doing the things you’ve planned for the hen party. But you guess you’ll let your unborn niece or nephew off just this once.
Charlie, Alex, and Y/B/F laugh hearing you say that and you chuckle a little too as your best friend promises you, “We will go all out as soon as they arrive, I promise… Two drinks and I'll be plastered then after not drinking for so long.”
After an afternoon full of crying and telling each other you love each other a million times, your best friend hugs tightly as you’re saying goodbye to each other and whispers, “Happy early birthday present.”
You grin as you try your best not to burst into more tears, you’re so happy, “Best birthday ever.”
~*~*~*~ July 6th 2021 ~*~*~*~
For the last month with only a few days off for your birthday, you’ve been finishing up 505 and you must admit, for days you couldn’t wait to be done. Decorating was tiring but also really fun when you have your best friend who’s also your boyfriend at your side helping you out.
Alex made everything fun. Whether that just be his playful nature or keeping you motivated with the amazing playlist he put together to keep you going it always did the trick. His flirting was also encouraging, even if sometimes it ended up hindering your progress.
For example, when you both got to decorating your old bedroom, the flirting was off the charts. Your cheeks were hot all day and it got no better when you ended up having a small fight with the paints that ended up with both of your clothes coming off and paint ended up everywhere. On your legs, on your arms, on your face, and other places that the both of you found comical when you had to wash it off each other in the shower.
The way each of you could tell where your hands had been was the funniest part of it and it made your cheeks heat up as you could practically still feel his touch all over you with the visual reminder helping the memories come back.
And whilst that was a fun day, the rest of the days all seemed to blur into one long and boring project. You just wanted to add more colour to everything but you knew you couldn’t for the sake of the new tenants.
But today is the day. You’ve finally finished painting the entire house.
Everything looks clean and brand new and you’re so fucking thankful its all done. And you can tell Alex is too.
You lean back into your boyfriend as he wraps his arms around your waist and hugs you from behind. Smiling at the trail of kisses he presses onto your shoulder and up your neck, you praise the both of you, “We finally finished.”
“I think we should celebrate.” Alex says as he leaves a teasing kiss on your neck.
“We can’t shag again, Al.” You shake your head, knowing that you really can’t.
Yes the time in your old bedroom was fun, but you’re decorating for it to be someone else's home. You can’t defile it before you put it back up to rent out.
He laughs into your ear which makes you chuckle too, but you feel him shake his head, “No, look outside… The weather is stunning. Let's go get some food from the shop and a bottle of something and let's go to the park. We can’t stay in here, the paint fumes will kill us off.”
You smile knowing that ‘go to the park’ means go to your spot. And you think it’s a good idea.
“Get a taxi back to the flat later then?” You crane your neck so you can look back at him.
“Yeah,” Alex nods, “It's going to be a stunning evening. Let's grab a blanket and some wine and food and let's just stay in the park.”
You’re grinning like an idiot, “Yeah, good idea.”
And the both of you are sitting under your cherry blossom tree within an hour of leaving 505. The air is warm and you end up having a picnic of sorts to start off with.
Both of you got a lot of food from the shop before coming here and you both indulged in all the food you chose. You put the blanket down underneath the tree that is still looking glorious and such a vibrant pink in today's sunlight, and after the picnic you and Alex lay there for a while just relaxing and listening to music.
When you were packing up the last of your stuff at Y/B/F and Charlie’s the other day, you picked up Persuasion to reread and you brought that with you to finish off too. Alex had his own book he was reading so the both of you read peacefully for a long while.
Eventually the two of you needed more light as the sun kept shifting, so the both of you moved to the bench after a little while. And you lay down across it with your head resting on Alex’s thigh as you both continue to read.
Absent-mindedly, you end up holding each other's hand when you get immersed into your novels as Alex’s hand hangs across the back of the bench and you’re ever so slightly reaching up and keep interlacing your fingers with his. It’s peaceful and it's beautiful and you wouldn’t change anything about it and neither would your boyfriend.
The peace is only disturbed if either of you speak up, which isn’t all that often, but when you reread the letter in the book you just get the urge to want to read it out loud so your boyfriend can hear the beautiful words that are on the page as well, “Al, listen to this-”
“What's it about first?” Alex has to ask, needing even just a little bit of context so he can appreciate what you clearly think is good enough for you to want to tell him out loud.
“You’ve not read Persuasion? Austen?” You look up at him and ask curiously, thinking he would have definitely read this one in his time.
But you're left a little surprised when he shakes his head, “No.”
“You want me to tell you?” You ask and Alex smiles and nods prompting you to continue. You explain to him, “Long story short, she was persuaded not to marry this man nearly a decade ago and now he’s just written this to her and it's everything.”
“Okay go on,” Alex prompts you, and Alex listens and watches as you read it for him.
“I can listen no longer in silence. I must speak to you by such means as are within my reach. You pierce my soul. I am half agony, half hope. Tell me not that I am too late, that such precious feelings are gone for ever. I offer myself to you again with a heart even more your own than when you almost broke it, eight years and a half ago. Dare not say that man forgets sooner than woman, that his love has an earlier death. I have loved none but you. Unjust I may have been, weak and resentful I have been, but never inconstant. You alone have brought me to Bath. For you alone, I think and plan. Have you not seen this? Can you fail to have understood my wishes? I had not waited even these ten days, could I have read your feelings, as I think you must have penetrated mine. I can hardly write. I am every instant hearing something which overpowers me. You sink your voice, but I can distinguish the tones of that voice when they would be lost on others. Too good, too excellent creature! You do us justice, indeed.” You trail off a little before the end of the letter Frederick writes to Anne.
You look up into Alex’s eyes and ask, “How beautiful is that? Austen was a fucking genius.”
Alex is already smiling down at you, but he nods, “She really was.”
You talk about it for a little bit before going back to the books again. But silently the both of you think over the line ‘I offer myself to you again with a heart even more your own than when you almost broke it’ a little bit more because you find it so relatable in so many different ways.
But being here with Alex by your side now, you wouldn’t change anything about your own story for the world. You’re the happiest you’ve ever been here with your boyfriend and you love him so much you can sometimes barely find the words to describe how he makes you feel.
The amount of times over the past year you’ve stared at the page in your poetry diary for a good ten minutes wondering where on earth to start writing about how you feel about Alex is something you’ve lost count of. At this point, he is just an extension of yourself. You love him so much that your heart aches in the best way for him all the time.
Even as you spend your day with him doing nothing but reading out here, in your spot in the park, it’s not a waste of a day. And that’s because he’s by your side. You adore spending time with him no matter what you’re doing.
You end up finishing your book and sitting up beside Alex where you rest your head on his shoulder and look out across the stunning view of Sheffield. It really is a gorgeous place that you grew up in. You miss being here all the time but you’re happy that you always have the excuse to come back up here to see your best friend and to come back to this spot which means the world to you.
Alex ends up putting his book down not long after you and the both of you watch the world go by as the sun slowly starts descending making the sky change colours with it. As it does, Alex starts playing with the jewellery you have on which isn’t all that different from what your quiet moments in your own home end up like.
But this time, your boyfriend smiles as he twists your Death Ramps ring on your little finger with one hand and he hooks his finger into the bracelet he bought you which has the Only Ones Who Know lyrics engraved onto it. Alex sounds really happy as he says, “I’m really happy you still wear these, you know?”
“Well,” You respond playfully, “The person who gave them me means a lot to me.”
Alex smiles and plays along, “Yeah?”
“Yeah.” You nod in confirmation, your smile never leaving your lips.
“Sounds like a great guy.” Alex tries not to grin but fails.
“He is.” You confirm for him, “The best I could ask for really... My boyfriend and everything now.”
“Lucky man.” Alex smiles.
You him like you’re not so sure but only because you want to say, “Not as lucky as me.”
The small facade ends when Alex leans in to kiss you, and you kiss him back enjoying the cute moment between you. It’s short and sweet, but it serves the purpose despite the both of you grinning like fools in love through the entire kiss.
“I love you so much.” Alex tells you as he looks into your eyes.
“I love you too, Darling.” You smile, not having called him that nickname in a short while.
“Thank god,” Alex sighs in relief, and you’re about to ask why the playfulness until he continues and it all becomes clear. Despite the big cheesy grin on his face, you know that he isn’t joking when he asks, “Because I really wanted to ask if you’d marry me?”
And then Alex lifts a boxed ring up from beside him and offers it to you, his smile never once wavering.
Yours becomes a million times bigger, as the fact he has a ring in his hand means he’s been planning this for God only knows how long, and the moment was perfect. You don’t waste another second before giving him your answer.
“I’d love to marry you.” You nod, your heart beating erratically in your chest.
“Thank god.” Alex chuckles and before he lets you lean forward and kiss him, he grabs your left hand and he quickly takes the ring out of the box before sliding it onto your finger.
As soon as it’s on, you kiss Alex like your life depends on it. Everything you’re feeling right now is poured into the kiss and it is just pure joy and complete love and adoration for the man you now get to one day marry.
You love him with the whole of your heart and you truly want nothing more than to be his officially. Because you always have been his, one way or another.
You kiss each other until you have no breath left and until you can’t keep the smile off your face as you’re too desperate to tell him you love him over and over again. Alex doesn’t hesitate to keep telling you either.
But once the both of you process the moment enough to tell each other something other than your love for one another, Alex lifts your hand up which is now home to your engagement ring and he asks, “Do you like it?”
You look at it properly now, and it’s just like what you’d always dreamed of sitting on your ring finger. Taking it in and seeing just how happy your fiance is has you telling him, “It’s beautiful.”
Truthfully, you don’t think you’ll ever forget how big Alex’s grin gets as he simply says, “Had to match you.”
And you’re unsure how your heart doesn’t burst there and then. The ache of too much love for the person who’s been your best friend for so many years whilst simultaneously being so much more really overcomes you.
You almost want to scorn him when he gets in there before you to say again, “I love you so much, Angel.”
“I love you so much more Shakespeare.” You giggle, “I can’t wait to marry you.”
Alex nods, chuckling to himself as he reiterates those words back to you before he cups your face and pulls you into another kiss of a lifetime.
Austen really got it right. Your heart is more Alex’s than your own at this point. You’ve been through it all together and despite everything, he’s here by your side and you love him with everything you have.
You’re his Angel. He’s your Shakespeare.
Each other’s everything from the very start.
~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
A/N: Thank you so so much to everyone who has stuck with me as I’ve been writing this fic. It really means a lot and I really hope you enjoyed the story and Wheels and Alex’s ending! Their story doesn’t really stop here… I mentioned a surprise that you’d all shout at me about and the surprise is that a small part of Alex and Wheels ending has been posted on my main account since before I ever posted the first part of NRIACC (told you you’d shout at me lol)… That little oneshot All Of You is a little extra part of their ending that I hope you can read/reread now and enjoy a little more. Can also catch Wheels and Alex’s ending continuing from a distance in Chicken Shop Date and they will appear in Part 5 of it when it eventually comes out (it’ll be faster than this fic I promise).
Anyway, just want to again say a huge thank you for sticking with my mental story and I really really hope you enjoyed the ending x
Note: I picked a few poems out for Wheels poems (wish i could have said i wrote them all but I'm not that good). I wrote the one that was about Matty. My friend @drinkurkombucha wrote the poems that have titles above them, and the others I found on Instagram. Full credit to the writers of those ones, a few were by courtney peppernell others were found on the lovequotes instagram page.
Taglist: @psychkunox @sofiaaraee @thewheeler @cold-hands-cold-eyesss @xovalliegirlxo @vroboat @hoodskillerqueen @woahhealy @emmaheg1005 @belledawnidk @elen-alambil @megann-duff @alexsvacuumcleaner @bshelley322 @g0thwat3rr @cassieinnit @ohmyolympusssywp @filling-thevoid @xqueenkt @indierock4ever @amturners @alovesreading
#alex turner x reader#matty healy x reader#alex x reader#matty x reader#alex turner#matty healy#alex turner fanfic#matty healy fanfic#alex turner fanfiction#matty healy fanfiction#arctic monkeys#the 1975#matt helders#george daniel#jamie cook#adam hann#nick o'malley#ross macdonald#miles kane
118 notes
·
View notes
Text
Helping Hands 2
Pairing: Jisung x Femme Reader | [Y/N]
Genre: Alternate Universe - Non-Idol NCT, PWP
Summary: On his return home, Jisung and [Y/N] come clean to each other about where they stand
Short cameos by: Jeno, Haechan, Renjun, Chenle, Jaemin
Word count: 4.2k (omg didn't feel like I wrote that much)
Rating/Warnings: Erotica/Not Beta Read, Explicit Sexual Content: Vaginal Fingering, Overstimulation, Multiple Orgasms, Cum Play/Shot, Protected and Unprotected Sex, Cunnilingus
If any mature/sexual themes involving Jisung makes you uncomfortable please do not read or interact.
Minors DNI! 18+ ONLY
Author’s Note: I never intended for a sequel but IDK...when an idea comes and I start playing around with it in my mind, if it's got legs, I start writing. I hope you all have as much fun reading this as I did writing it!
Part of my Kinktober Event: Overstimulation
Apologies for any mistakes or shortcomings! Not the best edited work I've put out there!
Please let me know of any technical errors or if you have feedback/questions
“Congratulations nerds!” Haechan exclaimed, snorting into his fist. Jisung jumped, a shiny gold square packet hit his chest. “Maybe you’ll all get laid at last.”
Seatbelt pushing against his chest, Jisung groaned as Jeno swerved the car. Tires screeching loudly with his curses. Haechan squawked as Jeno grabbed his front and twisted with one fist.
“I’m fucking driving!” Jeno screamed. “Quit fucking throwing shit at me!”
“A simple ‘thanks’ is good!” Haechan rubbed his chest when Jeno let him go. Face scrunched up - as if he hadn’t deserved it. “Every one’s got 24 karat gold dicks. Put them to good use, champs.”
“I’m trying to sleep!” Renjun’s voice from the back shook the roof of the car. “I don’t appreciate this immaturity!”
Chenle’s cackle broke the moment of silence. Haechan joined. Then Jeno. Renjun was last.
Jisung was wiped out, though. He merely stuffed the condom into his backpack. Fingertips rubbing crusts off his eyes.
“Hey, first thing you do is go to sleep,” Jeno said, car slowing. He turned around, hand reaching out to pat Jisung’s arm. “You did great, MVP, but you need to sleep.”
“Got it.” Jisung swung his heavy bag over his shoulder, stepping out of the SUV. Elation rushed up his chest, heat swimming over his brain. He grinned as he turned around, hand on the open door. “Hell yeah, LOL champs.”
Haechan reached over Jeno’s lap and honked the car’s horn twice. Chenle cheered as Haechan cackled. Jisung swung the door car closed.
“Get some sleep, Jisung!” Chenle’s voice rose two octaves.
“Bro!” Jeno merely guffawed as Haechan honked the horn again.
“You’re waking people up! Don’t be rude.”
“Screaming at me is waking the neighborhood too.” Haechan blocked the condom Renjun threw at his face. “Guess you’re not getting laid.”
The bickering disappeared as he walked toward his complex. The sun wasn’t out yet. Lamplights showing him the way home. Golden rays lit up the grey path. Crickets chirped. Concrete blurry.
Gold medal statue in his left hand, Jisung unlocked the front door with his right. Head drooped, he grunted at the sight of his sneaker laces somehow covered with bright green stains. Had he walked in the grass?
Eyes shut, the uproarious shouts of hundreds of people cheering ebbed with his friends’ overlapping chatter in Chenle’s car. His whole weekend continued to echo in his ears. Bag strap digging into his shoulder, he was eager to put his things away.
What a wild fucking weekend.
Jisung was about to enter his bedroom when he stopped. Sounds of running water perked up his ears. A tuneful humming echoed in the bathroom directly across from his room. The door was open with the smallest sliver of a crack. Yellow bathroom light streaking across the hardwood floor.
Dropping his things, he turned around, fingers at his lips. His roommate had been in her bed the last time they saw each other. They’d kissed.
Actually, he’d made her cum. All over his fingers. If it hadn’t been for his trip, he would have spent the entire night playing with her body. Knuckle from his middle finger against the door, he knocked a couple times.
“[Y/N]?”
The humming stopped. Water rhythmically continuing to flow.
“Jisung?”
The door swung open with a loud creak. White steam fogged up around him as he went in. His clothes dampened immediately, weighing down on him. He saw the shape of her body behind the baby blue curtains.
Hips that needed his touch. Bouncy tits with water streaming down them. He swallowed the spit flooding his mouth.
“It’s like walking into the pit of a volcano.” The door creaked again as he shut it. “How is your skin not burning?”
“It’s not that hot.”
“Only because you eat lava for breakfast.”
“Why don’t you come in here and check for yourself?”
His balls felt heavy as fire shot straight to his cock. Her body was unreal, shadow of her curves swaying. His clothes flew off, though he almost tripped over himself kicking his jeans off. The curtains swung open.
“Jisung, come in.”
Her smile was bigger than ever, lighting up her entire face. Eyes crinkling as she blinked against the water droplets flying into her face. The water gliding down her perfect body drove him wild. Every stream created on her lovely curves was a river he would gladly swim in.
He groaned, cock stiffening painfully. That couldn’t distract his eyes away from her boobs, her pretty palms cupping her precious bits. He stepped in, back to the shower head.
Heat prickled his skin like a thousand sharp needles. After a moment, he relaxed under the pressure of the heavy jets hitting his shoulders. The stimulating warmth filled him up.
His eyes remained on her tits. Bouncy, slick and smooth. He wanted to wrap his mouth around her puckering nipple. Roll his thumb around the other.
Hands on his arms she kissed him. His whole face flared up hotter than his cock. Her eyes were shut, but he couldn’t stop staring at her.
Her luscious body was touching him, warming his front. Her perfect minty lips were pressed against his, tingling sensations riding up his nose.
“Congratulations on getting first place,” she breathed against his lips. “I knew you’d win.”
All the exhaustion he felt from his long weekend washed away. Her compliment reinvigorated him in a way he’d never felt before. Hands on her hips he kissed her harder. Lips capturing hers, tongue pushing to find hers, teeth tugging her bottom lip. Eyes shut at last.
“Jisung,” she breathed against his lips, hands on his neck.
He pushed her back to the wall, hands grasping her ass. It was a wonder that the water between their stomachs didn’t boil with fiery blood coursing through his belly. They moaned together, his cock sliding against her. She felt like silk. He groaned, resting his head against her shoulder.
“What’s this?” Red blinded him as the pressure of her palm squeezed his aching rod. Her lips touched the side of his neck. “It feels so long, Jisung.”
She stroked him. Letting her go, he grabbed her wrist, encouraging her to stroke faster. He was mesmerized. Her naughty hand squeezing his cock, thumb pushing in deep against the dark blue vein that pulsed at the top of his shaft.
“Pretty, mushroomed head.” She exhaled as her fingers massaged his wet tip. Firm hold on his balls, squeezing and massaging. He jerked forward as more precum spilled out. “Jisung, they feel so heavy.”
“Dick and balls, can you say dick and balls?”
“So immature.” He grinned as she bashfully looked away, letting him go. Heat rushed to his head. She was so cute when she got shy. “Not enough that I’m naked? You have to make me shy?”
“You can’t even say the words. But I like how you handle me.” Hand touching her cheek, he grinned as she met his gaze. His fingers tingled at the heat of her skin.
“You’ve got a pretty dick, and smooth balls.”
He kissed her, hands grabbing her tits. They roamed down to her ass, fingers pinching her pliable skin. She was soft everywhere.
Her minty lips were clearing his sinuses. Her guffaws into his lips turned him on more than endeared him. He broke their kiss.
“Can you keep a secret?” His middle finger stroked her slit. She was cuter with her eyes shut, bottom lip shaking. He slid up with two fingers. She moaned. “I didn’t wash my hands until we won the tournament.”
“Jisung!” Her eyes opened as he pushed deeper into her folds, wanting to find her sweet little nub. “You-” she moaned as he furiously rubbed against her heat “-you what?”
He kissed her as he pushed his middle finger into her, one knuckle feeling her wet center. Pressing a kiss to her lips, he shut his eyes as he savored the warmth of her insides enveloping his finger. He went in deeper, knuckles sinking in with ease. Her squishy walls clung on tight, his mind focused on her addictive heat.
“You gave me good luck,” he said, cheeks hurting from his wide grin. She moaned as his thumb found her clit. It grew with every stroke he rubbed over her. “Fuck, this is so fucking hot.” Her nails dug deep into his skin, grabbing his arm. The pressure distracted him for a second, pain barely noticeable. Her moan with her pulsating walls drove the fiery heat in his guts straight to his balls. “Needed your cum on my fingers to win.”
“Jisung!” He rutted furiously into her, free hand grabbing her tit, thumb and forefinger pinching her engorged nipple. “B-boys are gross!”
He stopped, heart beating fast as the heat of her walls enraptured him. Breathing heavily, she shoved his hand away to stand under the water. Shakily, she grabbed the neon green washcloth. Standing behind her, he helped pump soap onto the cloth.
“Guess that means you have to clean me off.” He grabbed her wrists, placing her hands against his chest. Turning her to face him.
“Only because you’re a good finger fucker.”
She laughed as his eyes darted down to the ground, his face hot. Chest beating furiously like his feet pounding the ground when he won the final LOL battle. Immediately his head jerked up, her soapy hands brushing the washcloth over his chest.
“Lift your arms.” She washed his armpits before the washcloth went down his side. Over his back. Around his hip. Over his stiff dick. “Did you at least wash your pretty cock?”
Flames were over his face. “Cock” out of her mouth was lethal. His rod twitched, balls feeling heavy.
“I didn’t shower until we were getting ready to leave the hotel.”
“So dirty.”
“It was a wild weekend.”
“I’m glad you’re back home.”
She rubbed the bubbles off him as he stood under the hot jets. With his back to her, he shut his eyes. Her fingers massaged shampoo into his scalp. Once they were completely clean, her arms wrapped around his waist from behind. Blood rushed faster to his guts as he felt her nipples poke him, slippery tits rubbing up and down against his skin.
What did he do to deserve a dream to come true?
Water off, his hand was on the shower curtains when her hand wrapped around his aching rod. His mind blanked, head thrown up to the ceiling - eyes shut. He moaned as pleasure consumed him from head to toe. She squeezed him hard, stroking up and down steadily.
“Don’t come yet, Jisung.” She kissed the back of his arm, the sensation so foreign and soothing, precum shot out onto her fingers.
“Sorry-”
“It’s OK.” She gave a gentle guffaw. “Guess we both have skilled hands.” She released him, taking a step back. His loathsome cock swung down painfully. He wanted her tits to return to his back. “Or maybe we’re sensitive little shits.”
“You make it sound like a bad thing.”
He barely had a towel around his waist when her tits returned to him. She kissed the middle of his back. His spine lit up - rod stiffening against his towel as she hugged him again.
Wordlessly, he grabbed her wrists and walked them out of the bathroom - pulling the door open to rush them to his room. The cold air in the flat created goosebumps all over his body. But his aching cock was only growing hotter by the second.
In the shadows of the twilight hour, he sat down on his bed - pulling her onto his lap. His towel had fallen off somewhere, freeing his cock to slide against her slick skin. She moaned, arms wrapped around his head - smushing his face against her chest.
Hands shooting up to her tits - mouth open wide - he feasted on her. Teeth gnashing around, tongue licking up everything. She cried out, fists pulling his hair hard, wet droplets of water gliding down his back. His ears rung sweetly as a loud *pop* filled the room, lips releasing her dewy sweet tits.
“Jisung,” she breathed out, “don’t-stop-please-don’t.”
His pointed tongue flicked against her engorged bud, going faster as her pleas morphed into incoherent whines. Shaky gasps, as if she couldn’t remember how to breathe. He had her on her back, his body over hers. They kissed, her legs widening as his palms hooked under her legs, cock sliding over her belly.
“Condom,” they breathed out together.
She guffawed as he sat up. He rushed back out to the front of his door. Hands frantically unzipping his backpack. Pulled out his dirty clothes - earbuds, charging cords, socks.
Where the fuck was the fucking condom?
Desperate moments passed - digging deep past his toothbrush and beanie - the smooth cool plastic wrapper was between his middle and forefinger. Clicking his tongue against his teeth, he thanked Haechan for being a theatrical asshole.
“Please tell me we don’t have to go to the convenience store,” she said the moment he sat down on the bed. Her hair hid her face in the shadow of the blue hues lighting up his room.
“Nope.” His chest felt tight as he tore open the golden packet. Her fingertips on his shoulder sent chills down his spine. “Came prepared.”
His hand shook as her lips landed on his shoulder. Heat rushed up his chest as she sucked on his skin. Fingers smoothing over the shiny thin rubber snugly covering his cock, he reached for her.
They panted heavily together as he slid his aching stick over her slit. She broke the tension, moaning loudly, breath at his ear. Spine prickling, he pushed into her.
“I need you, Jisung.” Fingers entangled in his hair, she directed his face to hers. They kissed.
Pushing his tip in deeper, he groaned at how good it felt to invade her fleshy walls. His cock throbbed furiously - his focus clouded - words barely coming together in his mind. He chased for more, pushing in deeper.
Her fingernails dug into the nape of his neck, palms tightening around him. The pain seared sweetly. His pace quickened. Their kiss broke - her loud cry reverberating down into his balls. His moan was louder as she arched her back, tits rubbing against his chest.
They cried out each other’s names as he gripped her hips. Her fingers pinching his biceps stung but every painful squeeze sent adrenaline down his front. He fucked her faster, hands on her hips to hold her still. Ears tingling with joy at the noises of their skin slapping together.
Her howling stuttered when she inhaled, sending heat into his chest. Eyes shut he chased for his release, feeling it building. His balls burned, heavier than he’d ever felt them. Mind focused on rutting as fast as he could, he came when she pulled on his hair.
“Ji-SUNG!” The soft whimper that followed had him jerking shallowly into her, every spurt of his cum rolling punches into his abs. “Jisung!”
He lost all energy - falling over her to rest his head on her shoulder. Her tight walls milked his softening cock. Clingy walls creating gentle ripples deep into him as she came on his fucked out rod.
He rolled off her, hand moving to prevent the condom from leaking. Doing a quick cleanup, he returned to her - chest aching, shoulders slackening. Her arms were wide open, lazy sweet grin inviting him to her. Eyes barely open.
They kissed. He rested his hand on her neck, tongue pushing against her mouth every time her thumb massaged his earlobe. She tasted so good - buttery lips - he didn’t want to stop.
His fingers gently flicked her nipples as they continued to kiss. He liked sucking on her bottom lip, malleable flesh so plump in his mouth. Blood boiled furiously in his balls every time her teeth nipped the left side of his upper lip.
A loud knock at the front door shocked him. It was like ice water was thrown over his back. The hairs on the nape of his neck raised, eardrums shaking violently. They broke apart, matching fluttering eyes locked together.
“Jisung!!!” Jaemin’s loud voice screeched, ringing through the walls and down the hallway into his room. “You didn’t reply to my texts!! ARE! YOU! O! K?! JISUNG!”
His face flared up, head clouded with embarrassment. Heat built up in his chest immediately as her chuckles reverberated against him. Her fingertips stroking his cheek cleared his mind, though his face was still on fire.
“I guess Jaemin wanted to see you as soon as possible.”
“Be right back.”
“We should answer the door together.” She sat up with him. “Jaemin might invite himself in if you open the door alone.”
His chest ached - as if it was growing - watching her grab his grey hoodie off his gaming chair. Images of fingering her raced through his head. She sat at the edge of his bed, hoodie covering her body. Her slick was collecting on his hoodie…her ass sweat and titty sweat all over it. She’d look sexier with his hand between her legs.
“JISUNG! SAY MY NAME TO LET ME KNOW YOU ARE ALIVE!”
He shook his head, eyes gazing at the floor for some clean shorts.
“Our neighbors are going to complain.”
She had a good point. He sprinted off his bed. Their fingers intertwined once he slipped on a stained shirt and wrinkled boxers.
“Hey, Jaemin,” Jisung said breathlessly, opening the door, “I wasn’t expecting a visit.”
Holding a wicker basket in one hand, Jaemin waved at them. He took off his sunglasses, eyes darting from Jisung to [Y/N]. His two front teeth popped out as his grin widened, black tendrils falling over his forehead.
“Oooh,” he cooed out slowly. Eyebrows wiggling as a daring gleam shone in his eye. “Congratulations, Jisung, [Y/N]. Double celebrations are in order today. I’ll take you two out to dinner for your second celebration.”
“Second?” She looked at Jisung. Bottom lip pouting. Cute eyebrows stitched together.
Jisung’s stomach grumbled as he saw the homemade loaf of French bread in the wicker basket. There was a bottle of champagne too. Some ripe pears and shiny wrapped chocolates. He wordlessly took the basket in his hand when Jaemin gave it to him.
“I feel honored to be the friend you trust to announce your courtship to.” Jaemin threw his arms out, pulling them into a group hug. A loud, exaggerated sigh came out of him. “I can’t wait to hear how this all happened. Get some rest Jisung-ie. You lovebirds need some quality time together. I don’t want to intrude.”
He whistled loudly as he walked down the hallway, heading for the stairs. Hands in his pockets.
“J-jaemin knows that we’re dating?” Her hand squeezed his tight. “H-he put two and two together really fast.”
Her lips curved into a frown as she locked the door. He wanted to get back to kissing. But the buttery French bread was making him drool.
“Hey, we get a free dinner!” Jisung set the gift basket down on the kitchen countertop. He took a bite of the crusty French bread. It was warm and so buttery, his tongue was swimming in a rich sea of cream. “So good.”
“Jisung.” She brushed the crumbs off his lips with the sleeve of the hoodie. “How are we going to explain to Jaemin that we made things official when you caught me-”
“-We’re not telling him that.” He almost choked, swallowing the ball of bread with one large gulp. “We confessed our feelings before I left for the tournament.”
“And how exactly did you confess your feelings to me?” Floral heat overpowering his senses. Nails raking into his scalp. Wet kiss at the crook of his neck. “If I can remember right, you stuck your gross finger into me and told me it was fucking hot.”
“Not romantic enough for you?” He stood, hands grabbing her hips. Thrusting his hips against her. “You didn’t want to say goodbye-”
“-and we told each other-”
Her lips were over his. His tongue licked her bottom lip.
“-how we felt-” he put his thumb into her mouth, hissing before he spoke again, “-fuck, and we-w-w…we became official.”
“I want you Jisung.” She gagged on his thumb before sucking hard. Blood rushed so fast to his cock, he was blinded with redness before he blinked his vision back. “Fuck me, Jisung.”
Immediately shoving his spit covered thumb under his hoodie, he felt for her clit. Her eyes were shut tight, mouth wide open. No sound as her hips shook - his thumb sliding against her juicy folds.
Their lips met. His feet going forward, hers backwards. His spine tingled with her long nails grazing through his sweaty hair.
He groaned as his legs came into contact with his bed. She moaned against his lips as he sat down, hands pulling her legs to straddle him.
Her wet slit rubbed up against the bottom of his shaft, moistening his ballsack. His eyes rolled to the back of his head. Her minty lips were over his again. His whole body was burning for her, feeling the soft cotton of the hoodie against his skin.
Hands on her hips, he thrust against her. She moved his throbbing member into her hot slit, fingers holding it firm. Everything blanked as she sunk down heavily onto him. The heat of her pliable walls seared deep into him. The pressure of both her pussy on his cock and her body over his lap turned his whole body into an oasis of pleasure.
Nothing existed except the tight heat radiating through his body. He stilled, lost in the moment. Intense pleasurable heat from head to toe. Her hands were on his shoulders and she pushed herself up before dropping back down.
“Fuck!” Arms up her back, he pulled her against him. He’d never wash the hoodie ever again, both of their sweat soaking it up. “So fucking soft.”
Their hips writhed haphazardly against each other. Her pussy so hot and tight, if he didn’t move he would fall apart. His eyes cracked open to see her lost in ecstasy, tongue hanging over her bottom lip. Her eyebrows stitched together.
“Jisung!” She yelped as he pushed her off of him, landing on her back.
“No-condom!” He groaned, eyes shut tight as he stroked his cock fast, pressing it against the inside of her pliable thigh. Fist milking his cum, he opened his eyes as the last of it spilled onto her. “So-fucking-hot.”
“Jisung.” Her breath was shaky, hands massaging her thighs. Her eyes were locked on his white cum dribbling down her skin, soaking into his sheets. “We just showered.”
“We can do it again later.”
She moaned as he pushed his middle finger into her cunt. Her slick covered cunt made it easy to rub against her clit with his thumb, middle finger pumping faster. Hips shaking, she moaned out his name as she came. Hand stilling, he fought off the urge to blink as her throbbing cunt sucked his finger back and forth, slick dribbling down to his wrist.
Unable to contain himself, he slid down and slurped up her salty slick - mouth sucking up her folds. Her fingers entangled in his hair as his tongue dove into her hot cunt. Lapping up her juices, his pointed tip flicked her clit over and over. He grabbed her ass hard, letting her writhing hips direct where his teeth and tongue would hit her folds.
Humming a shaky moan, she released his hair. His head stopped aching, blood rushing down his face. The slurping noises he made tasting her sent angry hot blood to his guts, ringing sweetly into his ears. Her hips shook hard, blurring his vision. He focused on watching his thumb flick her overstimulated clit. Tongue out of her cunt, he sat up.
She seemed to struggle, mouth barely able to press her lips together. A short groan came out of her as he spooned her, positioning them to lay on their sides. Lips at the back of her ear, arms wrapped around her waist. She sniffled, tears soaking up in the sleeve of the hoodie.
“I really do like you.” His hold tightened around her. “I’m not lying.”
“I know, Jisung. I know you like me. I’m just…you’re really good at making me feel good. I’m happy we’re…we’re official.”
He couldn’t help himself. Lips at the nape of her neck. Deep inhale of her floral sweet scent.
She moaned, eyes shut, face turned into the pillow. His palm slid over her pussy. His mind was turning grey, focus disappearing fast. If he wasn’t so tired he’d start finger fucking her again.
“Will you get some sleep, Jisung? You need it.”
“Thank you for such a good welcome home greeting.” A chuckle came out as she moaned. Her fingers curled around his wrist as he tapped his fingers against her labia. “So warm and soft.”
“Jisung!” She laughed. “Let’s get some sleep.”
Directing his arms around her waist, she began to match his slow, deep breathing. The sun brought light through the window, but they were falling asleep as the day began. He planted one final kiss at the back of her neck, body and mind stilling as the last waves of adrenaline settled out of him.
What a wild fucking weekend.
---
Thank you always for reading!
Love, CC💚
#nct smut#jisung smut#nct dream smut#nct jisung#nct imagines#jisung imagines#nct dream imagines#nct au#kinktober 2022#kinktober#overstim kink
28 notes
·
View notes
Text
More Than Meets the Eye #41 — Nautica and the Problem with Friends from High School
Now that Ratchet’s run off to go find his thightastic man-crush (the gay kind), it’s time to party! Let’s kick this off right!
Hell yeah, let’s do some shots off Thunderclash’s corpse! Spring breaaaak!
We open on the Vis Vitalis, which you’ll recall is Thunderclash’s ship/life support system. General Countdown is here for a visit, having gotten some grave news about everyone’s favorite Autobot. Firestar, one of Thunderclash’s crew, leads him to the room where Thunderclash is being kept. We’ll get to Firestar’s deal later on, but for right now we’re focusing on the man of the hour for every hour.
Countdown is left to mourn the soon-to-be-loss of Thunderclash.
This is never really addressed again in the comic, but I do wonder if there’s any sort of judgement of folks who prefer being in their alt-mode. The Functionists fucked up so much shit, and we’re well aware that those sorts of mentalities are still going pretty strong even now. Would a guy like Rewind, who has a “useless” alt, be a little bit off by that sort of thing? Y’know, if it was anyone other than Thunderclash, Husband of Millions.
Countdown leaves his medals with Thunderclash, saying that his mentor, confidant, teacher, leader, superior officer, idol, friend, and potentially lover deserves them more. He only keeps his graduation medal from the Thunderclash School of Heroic Arts, where I’m sure you have majors such as Interior Design for Puppy Orphanages.
A knocking sound comes from Thunderclash’s trunk, which is deeply puzzling, and Countdown goes to investigate. What happens next isn’t shown, but it seems like we might want to call a series wrap for Countdown, from the sound of it.
Over on the Lost Light, it would appear we’ve cranked the silly knob up to 27. Which shouldn’t be possible, but Brainstorm is here and we all know how that guy feels about being limited by what’s possible. Skids is juggling. Getaway is doing some sort of bondage thing. Brainstorm is upside-down, and acting petulant about Nautica not paying attention to him. Nautica has planted her ass on a lab table, as she stares at a datapad. It’s not a dreamy stare.
Brainstorm, his pride wounded by being ignored, comes down from his weird science-trapeze, as Nautica explains that she’s reading a book about personality types that was was published under Froid’s name; Rung might have actually written it, in a sort of “ghost writer” situation. Not that it particularly matters who wrote it, seeing as personality types are about as real as astrology or any Buzzfeed quiz.
Getaway stops being a certified freak in another person’s room to rag on Rung’s lack of staying power in people’s brains, while Skids makes an attempt to defend the creamsicle twink through a killer headache. Why he was juggling while he had brain pain is anyone’s guess.
Nautica’s managed to hook herself up into Brainstorm’s trapeze and is now having a wonderful time, until Skids points out that she didn’t need a science-trapeze to read upside-down, and the magic was inside her the whole time.
Brainstorm finishes adding a Ravage Detector to Nautica’s wrench, and demands his payment of like ten cents from Getaway. The Cybertronian Shanix is in the goddamned toilet. Brainstorm explains how Ravage’s whole deal works, only to be interrupted by a GUNNG, and no, that’s not another addition to the “mispronouncing Rung’s name” running joke.
Over in Swerve’s, we have the scene that all my blog theme branding comes from, as Bluestreak gossips with Ravage over how interstellar wi-fi has rotted Swerve’s brain and ruined his ability to relate to his peers. Of course, Swerve’s perfectly happy to share all that he’s learned from Earth’s entire cultural output.
Oh god someone interrupt him before he goes full Redditor.
Luckily, my pleas go answered, as the source of the GUNNG is revealed— Rodimus is ringing his Rodimus Gong (which appears to be made out of all those leftover Rodimus Stars) signaling that they’ve reached a Quest Milestone! Swerve is pretty jazzed about this, losing his train of thought before he can get to explaining slashfic to Ravage.
Everyone meets in the Gong Room, all looking pissed beyond belief. Jackpot gets real cozy with Mainframe. Smokescreen honks Skater’s tit. Hoist and Hound are right next to each other, which is awful because they look so similar and are also, like, two of the three green guys on the ship. Dipstick, who is also green, only has Xaaron to act as a buffer. God help us if they all ever manage to stand directly next to each other.
Rodimus announces that the entirety of the Lost Light’s crew has been invited to Thunderclash’s pre-wake— a shindig that’s being thrown to celebrate his life while he’s dying. Because they got an invite, that means that they found Thunderclash, and that’s good! They’re one step closer to their Quest goal. Rodimus is thrilled (though totally not because Thunderclash is about to beef it) while Megatron glowers behind him. Nautica and Nightbeat stand in the very back of the crowd, having arrived after everyone else, though Nightbeat is trying to frame it as being fashionably late, which is a cool thing to be.
For anyone who forgot, Nightbeat has never been cool. Clever, certainly. Hungry for knowledge, without a doubt. Completely oblivious to personal boundaries to the point of being choked out? On at least one occasion. But never cool.
Rodimus makes a terrible pun at Thunderclash’s expense, then tells everyone to go get sexy for the party. As the co-captains leave the room— taking the stairs that I do not remember existing— Megatron marvels (derogatory) at the way that Rodimus talks to his subordinates. Rodimus says that it’s his charisma that allows him to just say shit without repercussion, something that he and Thunderclash share. But Rodimus isn’t the one who’s dying, so who’s the real winner here? There’s then a bit of a verbal scuffle, as both the captains realize that neither is going to the party. Rodimus wants to use this time to plan the next leg of the journey, but Megatron thinks it’s actually because he doesn’t want to see Thunderclash.
I think Megatron’s had a perfectly valid reason to have been rotting in his room for the past few weeks, considering his parents are Brainstorm and Whirl.
The co-captains decide that they’re going to use the party to plan together, in the most aggressive, macho way possible, complete with uncalled-for sexual innuendo.
A few hours later, the Lost Light has caught up to the Vis Vitalis, and the pre-wake is well underway. Everyone is dancing, the Thunderclash statue is covered in innermost energon, and Skids and Getaway have come out as bisexual.
Over in the introvert corner, Nightbeat seems to be having an existential crisis, while Tailgate tries to get Cyclonus off his ass and on the dance floor. Cyclonus, as one might expect, isn’t much for the clubbing scene. Now, if they were doing karaoke, maybe…
Nightbeat decides that his name does NOT doom him to a life of bumpin’ music and gyrating on other bodies, telling Nautica that he’s gonna go explore the ship. Before Nautica can follow or hinder him, she’s spotted by an old friend.
Nightbeat still has trouble believing that women are real, it would seem.
Firestar and Nautica used to be roommates back on Caminus, their home planet. More importantly though, they’re amica endura, which was a concept introduced during the “Slaughterhouse” arc— in short, besties. Nightbeat gives not a fuck about the finer points of Nautica’s culture or life, however; he only cares about intrigue! He excuses himself, taking Nautica’s wrench with him and leaving the poor woman alone with her very overbearing old friend.
Oh, these two were absolutely fucking.
Firestar pulls Nautica away from the introvert corner so they can chat by themselves. It turns out that Firestar and a good chunk of her sorority from Caminus are aboard this ship. They ran into the Vis Vitalis when it put out a distress signal, and Thunderclash was so impressed by the ladies’ work that he made Firestar his first officer. I’m sure anything is a step up from the last guy.
RIP in piss, Paddox.
When asked about what she’s been up to, Nautica can barely get a word in edgewise, because Firestar simply has to get a backhanded compliment in. Maybe she didn’t think what she was saying through before it came out of her mouth, but it doesn’t make things any less awkward. Man, what good friends. Firestar excuses herself to go dance, which Nautica encourages.
Man, what good friends.
Back in Thunderclash’s medical room, we finally see where the Lost Light’s SOC got to. Minimus Ambus is viewing the map that Thunderclash drew for the Knight Quest, as Velocity— a Vis Vitalis medical officer and Caminus native— explains the situation.
As a quick refresher, the whole deal with the map to the Knights of Cybertron was that it was printed on the inside of the Matrix, could not be made into copies, and actually erased itself from the mind of anyone who saw it.
Thunderclash, however, as we all know, is a very special boy, and managed to draw the whole thing out on the wall before he was completely immobilized by whatever is killing him. Yeah, apparently it’s not whatever injury that forced him to turn his ship into a life support system.
First Aid’s been digging through medical notes while Minimus and Velocity have been staring at the wall, and he’s discovered that Thunderclash’s life-threatening injury— a literal shot through the spark— was fixed six months prior. And nobody is sure who did it. Velocity can’t seem to recall the woman’s face, knowing only that she was painfully average and “normal”. The mystery doctor didn’t put her name on anything and left right after she did the work. Now Thunderclash is dying and nobody knows why. Velocity invites First Aid to investigate further, and First Aid immediately goes to look inside Thunderclash’s ass.
They find nothing in Thunderclash’s ass.
Later, most of the Lost Light’s crew is shuttling back to their own ship, the pre-wake having ended. Nautica’s still aboard the Vis Vitalis, as is Skids, who’s curious as to why she’s not left yet. Nautica feels the need to wait for Thunderclash to beef it before she bows out, and plus this is easier than trying to organize a class reunion. Skids isn’t quite as charming as he typically is, having to sit. This, for some reason, gives Nautica an idea.
Elsewhere on the ship, Getaway is on the floor in the middle of the hall as Nightbeat looms over him disapprovingly. Before Nightbeat can get to the bottom of why Getaway’s decided to take a little snooze on the laminate, Ravage tears past, bleeding sparks and screaming about how “they won’t stop looking at me”. Nightbeat and Getaway, being nosy sons of bitches, give chase.
Back with Thunderclash and company, it would seem that ol’ Thunders is taking matters into his own hands, by shutting himself off at precise intervals so that his medical readouts spell out a message.
Even in death, Thunderclash is considerate to the sensitivities of those around him. What a guy.
The message is:
Y0 u’re a11 3LIN D All DEaD
Which for anyone who can’t read 7331, is “You’re all blind. All dead.” Not terribly comforting last words.
There’s a knocking sound from inside of Thunderclash’s ass.
Over with Nightbeat, it would appear he’s quite fast when mystery is in the mix, having beat Getaway to the morgue where Ravage has holed up in. They go in, noting how very dark it is in here, when they come across a rather famous body. However, Nightbeat gives not a fuck about famous dead athletes; he only cares about the truth! Maybe the next body will have a bit more interest for Nightbeat.
Oh lord, they gave him lip fillers for the open casket!
Nightbeat gets closer to inspect the body, only for what appear to be barnacles to suddenly manifest all over Countdown’s corpse. Nightbeat asks Getaway for his opinion, only to find that Getaway’s got a nasty case of these barnacles on his face. His awful, awful face.
Anyway, there’s more important things going on.
I suppose it has been a while since we had zombies around.
#transformers#MTMTE#issue 41#maccadam#Hannzreads#text post#long post#comic script writing#overthinking about robots
40 notes
·
View notes
Text
what your favourite genshin impact character says about you: no holding back edition
i’m finally allowed to post again!!! great joy
aether/lumine: you’re basic as hell sorry . also stop fighting over who the better twin is they’re literally the same person but different genders. you’re pretty fun to be around ig but i feel like you eat food off the floor. 5 second rule not 5 hour rule ok
amber: ok i’ve actually met a bunch of people whose fav is amber and you guys are actually really sweet but pls learn when to stfu you’re so loud . also you guys go feral whenever someone (everyone else in the fandom) says amber sucks like chill bae
kaeya: jesus fucking christ your horny is off the scale. every kaeya stan i’ve ever met cant keep it in their pants. and we know the only reason you like him is bc of his giga bouncer supreme ultra man rack 3000. stop saying you want him to smother you with his tits. get some help.
lisa: YOU GUYS ARE COOL AS HELL!!!!!! as someone who relates to lisa you’re very cool. most chill people to be around and you’re definitely super smart. not lazy but just reserved. 11/10. oh btw do you use her for climbing?
diluc: do you have daddy issues? you guys definitely have a thing for the tsundere archetype and you probably like zhongli too. just admit you want diluc to do the kabedon thing on you and move on. we know what you’re like. also how does it feel being so short? i swear every diluc stan is small as hell
jean: YOU GUYS are so sweet pls whenever i play co op with a jean main it’s just like wow you’re so strong and nice and thanks for healing my entire team wow........ however although you’re so responsible you probably enjoy cancelling people on twitter for fun . sorry
venti: VENTI STANS. I LOVE YOU. is it partially because i myself am a huge venti stan? yeah no. you probably missed out on his first banner and are saving for his rerun..... same......... anyways you guys give off the best vibes n it’s always so fun to be with you. i love you all
razor: i have one question for you guys . did you either like warrior cats or were you a wolf kid?
albedo: you guys are so smart wtf !!!!!!!!! you’re so rational in co op mode too and if you have albedo you probably use him as a sub dps for your teammates bc you’re so good at reading situations........ then again you also have some weird shit going on like cmon it’s milk after cereal you psychopaths
sucrose: you either kin sucrose or are creepy sorry . ok but she’s so underrated like her passive 3........ WOAH.............. you definitely use her in spiral abyss,,, also are you a burnout successful kid who used to kiss teachers’ asses and middle school was a breeze before getting to college/university and realising that professors don’t give a shit anymore? wow who would have guessed
diona: wannabe catgirls assemble! please move on from your warrior cats phase you’re almost as bad as the razor stans but you’re adorable too. you probably want qiqi or klee but don’t have them so you’re settling for diona
barbara: thanks for healing my team in co op barbara stans !!!! you guys are genuinely so nice omg thank you for being so reliable all the time,,, do you highlight your notes so it’s more art than notes? yeah that’s what i thought
mona: ok if no one else is gonna say it i will,,, no one understands shit about your astrology thing going on. i’m a caprisun? great
bennett: YOURE ALL ADORABLE. thanks for helping us out in co op!!!! you definitely advocate for bennett rights and yes pls do,,,, we all love benny deep down!!!! you either don’t have him or have him at like C218372
fischl: jojo stans
just kidding but you all probably act like fischl irl. also did you have an emo phase
klee: ok if your favourite is klee you definitely don’t have her . waiting patiently for klee’s rerun!!!! shes just so adorable and so are you guys,,,,, so fun to be around !!!!! you probably have diluc and hate him
noelle: you guys....... the rarest of the rare. you love trying to convince people that she’s a great healer dps n everything else...... no bae you probably use her because you like geo and claymores like hmm yes i will now hit things hard with my big sword and rock power
ok onto liyue now sweats nervously
childe: you guys are ALL simps. ALL OF YOU. go n touch some grass bro!!!!! you either think he’s super sexy or you bully him and make the ed sheeran jokes (not funny) . you follow griffin burns on tiktok too dont you
zhongli: you either love him for his gentle demeanour or you want him for his fat giga dumptruck 3000. make up your minds!!!!! you guys are so clueless in co op mode but you’re hilarious. you probably have his energy recharge at like 200% so you can use his ult and hear I WILL HAVE ORDER every 4 seconds
xiao: STOP GROWLING AT PEOPLE. every xiao main is so aggressive not joking . yeah the only reason you saved for him is because you want to stare at him all day n listen to him growling . you guys genuinely scare me . no he would not hold ur hand and do cute things with you,,,,,, if given half the chance he’d probably decapitate you
ningguang: alright jeff bezos, hand over the cash. yeah so you’re either rolling in it or want to be her sugar baby. but you guys have such an intimidating aura like playing with ning mains is just .... you always build her so well she’s an absolute tank!!!!!! thanks for scaring the shit out of me but also protecting me
beidou: YOU GUYS. you’re fun to be around but i also feel like you could probably destroy me in 3 seconds flat !!!!!!!! do you hate diluc too? i love playing with you guys because all i hear is TO ASHES every 2 seconds and she’s just cool as hell so yeah i really like beidou stans. i feel like you all have her so congrats
qiqi: you’re so cute,,,,, best healer !!!! you probably love playing qiqi because her skills look so cool and you prefer playing heal/support,, if you don’t have her you just love her bc she’s so tiny . spoiler alert but do you have a thing against xiao for killing her lol
xiangling: you’re so chaotic help,, you definitely pair her with xinyan too because you give off the most uncontrollable vibes,,,,,,, did you level her to use her in the spiral abyss or do you just think polearms are neat and don’t have xiao or zhongli
xinyan: please reread xiangling paragraph but replace polearm with claymore . you like either bring me the horizon or bubblegum pop there’s no in between
chongyun: you’re all the nicest people ever and you’re so chill . you love chongyun with your whole hearts and i adore you !!!!!! the animation of him eating the popsicle melts your hearts (no pun intended) and you just think he’s really cool :( ily all
xingqiu: chongyun vibes but make it kinda unnerved . burnout successful kids 2.0 ,,,,, are you clever too? you also love xingqiu and believe he’s worthy of being a 5 star with his heal and damage reduce !!!!! he’s so helpful wtf and so are you . please stop going on about his legs though it’s highkey weird asf
keqing: COOL PERSON SYNDROME! i main this gal so i love you all . do you get as mad as i do when people say she doesn’t deserve to be a 5 star? yeah . are you a procrastinator and try and take lessons from keqing but are just so lazy? do you use her teleport because you can’t be bothered to climb mountains? yeah that’s what i thought
ganyu: you’re all the nicest people alive and i adore you all . thanks for being so kind in co op mode . every ganyu main i’ve met is so sweet and you’re all so powerful too woah....... you hate the cocogoat jokes too >:( pls mihoyo give her more attention !!!!!
scaramouche: you have rights guys we know you exist. also we know you want him to be playable. we know that you think his hat is neat. we know you love this shawty but please be quiet.
signora: wait you guys exist
hu tao: you prank people for fun like pls stop im so on edge when youre around . plus i feel you laugh at videos of babies falling over n shit,,,,,,, you cant wait for her banner but also please shut the fuck up
dainsleif: please leave me the fuck alone we did 1 (one) quest with him and you’re all obsessed with him . ok second hand dmitri from fire emblem you want a medal for being a fucking simp?
#for practical purposes this is a joke#a very loaded joke#so uh pls don’t get mad at me#genshin impact#genshin impact x you#genshin impact memes#kaeya x you#childe x you#zhongli x you#xiao x reader#diluc x you#genshin impact x reader#genshin venti#genshin xiao
632 notes
·
View notes
Text
First review of the month let's go!
Also spoiler warning
I'm gonna review dead poets society.
let's just the last 30 minute broke me like damn, I never actually thought I cried so hard in a movie so much like, damn like why, why,
You see I actually thought this was my comfort movie until... Still is. Yeah you know I'm still in denial and todd and Neil lives happily ever after. Neil became a famous actor and Todd became a writer. That's it. Except no. Actually it didn't. Anyway continueing on.
Mr keating. Or if I dare say oh captain my captain. Has to be one of my favourite teachers in movie history, because he tought them important lessons, like to seize the day and act out and show the world or live your life to the fullest because you only get one (Well the message I got ) honestly Mr keating, is just beyond one of my favourite people.
Neil Perry. I have alot of thoughts on this guy, but I'm gonna have to summaries it because if I didn't then let's just say I'll need another blog... Anyway Neil Perry, he really is amazing and actually a character that I dearly hold close to my heart because not only did he try, he did, he went to that play and he performed, and he performed his heart out, he did what he loved and executed it amazingly but its only what happened after the play and after he sat in that car. I think Neil was just tired. Tired of being top in everything, tired of his father (wich I deeply despise with my whole heart) but i think the dead poets gave him some sort of energy, anyway that's all cause as you can see I can rant for a long time.
Todd Anderson. Gotta kin him, actually I'm literally him, anyway again, like Neil I have alot on this guy, you know I have alot on everyone. The reason I really like Todd because he's shy and anxious yes but you can see he tried all the way (and also with Neil's and dead poets help also not to forget Mr keating) but I just feel that Todd is this really nice and kind person who cares alot and so much about everyone but also overthinks every word he says sometimes, and you can see how deep him and Neil went, when he broke down in the snow.
Charlie doltan or NUWANDA. LOVE HIM TO BITS, like he's just, yes, kind of class clown or a trouble maker yes, But, you can see he deeply cares for his friends and loves them all, alright that's all I have, right now on Charlie. But somehow he's my favourite out of all of them.
Knox overstreet. I didn't really get much about knox except he really liked Chris, though he's alright, maybe I'll rewatch dps again but I think knox is alright. Though he did have some courage to go to school and talk Chris.
Steven Meeks. Honestly how does he do well in maths, like how, anyway, again I don't really get to know his back story or upbringing but in all honesty one of my favourite characters not gonna lie just his way of joking around and going with the flow sometimes.
Gerard Pitts. Again I don't have much on him but I found the scene really cute when he was dancing with meeks, on their radio, so I actually like him
Richard Cameron. Right. I have mixed feelings for this guy, but I think he did deserve that punch from Charlie cause yes I guess he really didn't want to get into trouble, but selling your friends out, is that really worth it, I don't have words on this dude so yeah.
Chris Noel. I actually, genuinely like her, like she seems really nice and has a really kind heart. Though again I didn't see much of her though wish I did.
Anyway Review done and if you actually read this whole thing, then wow you deserve like medal or something like wow. You really read this rubbish review.
10 notes
·
View notes